Selected Verses of the Vedas, Acarya's, Bhagavad-gita, Srimad Bhagavatam and Sri Caitanya-caritamrta

Please sign up for Srimad Bhagavatam Study and a free account at sadhusangaonline.com

For more info click: Srimad Bhagavatam

The Main Thing:

CC Madhya 22.113

smartavyaḥ satataṁ viṣṇur

vismartavyo na jātucit

sarve vidhi-niṣedhāḥ syur

etayor eva kiṅkarāḥ

Synonyms

smartavyaḥ — to be remembered; satatam — always; viṣṇuḥ — Lord Viṣṇu; vismartavyaḥ — to be forgotten; na — not; jātucit — at any time; sarve — all; vidhi-niṣedhāḥ — rules and prohibitions mentioned in the revealed scripture or given by the spiritual master; syuḥ — should be; etayoḥ — of these two principles (always to remember Kṛṣṇa or Viṣṇu and never to forget Him); eva — certainly; kiṅkarāḥ — the servants.

Translation

“ ‘Kṛṣṇa is the origin of Lord Viṣṇu. He should always be remembered and never forgotten at any time. All the rules and prohibitions mentioned in the śāstras should be the servants of these two principles.’

Purport

This verse is a quotation from the Padma Purāṇa.

Purport to SB 2.9.36

"Although everyone is free to consult the revealed scriptures in this connection, one still requires the guidance of a bona fide spiritual master, and that is the direction in this verse."

In the Ādi Purāṇa there is the following statement by Lord Kṛṣṇa Himself, addressed to Arjuna: 

“My dear Pārtha, one who claims to be My devotee is not so. Only a person who claims to be the devotee of My devotee is actually My devotee.” 

No one can approach the Supreme Personality of Godhead directly. One must approach Him through His pure devotees. Therefore, in the system of Vaiṣṇava activities, the first duty is to accept a devotee as spiritual master and then to render service unto him.

From Nectar of Devotion, Chapter 12 - Further Aspects of Transcendental Service - RENDERING SERVICE TO DEVOTEES

Verses Most Quoted by Srila Prabhupada

Special Mantras for Worship of the Supreme Personality of Godhead 

Special Mantras for Worship of the Supreme Personality of Godhead (with word-for-word transaltions)

Padma Purāṇa

smartavyaḥ satataṁ viṣṇuḥ 

vismartavyo na jātucit

We should always remember Lord Viṣṇu. We should never forget the Lord. 

oṁ ajñāna-timirāndhasya

jñānāñjana-śalākayā

cakṣur unmīlitaṁ yena

tasmai śrī-gurave namaḥ

I was born in the darkest ignorance, and my spiritual master opened my eyes with the torch of knowledge. I offer my respectful obeisances unto him.

Reference: Gautamiya-tantra & cited

Varaha Purana

yadi vatadi doshena

mad bhakto mam na cha smaret

aham smarami mad bhaktah

nayami parama-gatim

Translation

If My devotee is unable to remember Me at the time of death because of disturbances felt within the body at that time, then I shall remember My devotee and take him back to My supreme abode.

See also: Dandavats FB post

Padma Purana

aradhananam sarvesam

visnor aradhanam param

tasmat parataram devi 

tadiyanam samarcanam

Translation

Of all types of worship, the best is the worship of Visnu. But better than that is worshiping the paraphernalia and devotee of Visnu.

Padma Purana

arcayitva tu govindam

tadiyan narcayet tu yah

na sa bhagavato jneyah

kevalam dambhikah smrtah

Translation

"One who performs worship of Lord Govinda but fails to worship His devotees should be understood to be not a devotee of the Lord but simply a victim of false pride."

Ref.  SB 11.3.26

Padma Purana

nama-aparadha-yuktanam 

namany eva haranty agham

avisranta-prayuktani 

tany evartha-karani ca

For those infected with nama-aparadha, sri-nama will certainly remove the sin, provided the sadhakas chant tirelessly and unremittingly. Sri-nama Himself will effect their deliverance.

smartavyaḥ satataṁ viṣṇuḥ 

vismartavyo na jātucit

We should always remember Lord Viṣṇu will protect us. We should never forget the Lord will give us all protection. ma sucah

Unknown Source

yasmin tuste jagat tustam

Synonyms

yasmin — to Him; tuste — satisfied; jagat — the whole world; tustam — satisfied.

Translation

If the Supreme Personality of Godhead is satisfied, everyone is satisfied.

Kurma Purana 17.45-47

“Wise men have said that there are four yugas in the Bharata sub-continent and not anywhere else. They are Krta, Treta, Dvarapa, and Kali.” 

Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu 2.5.72

yad-avadhi mama cetah krsna-padaravinde

nava-nava-rasa-dhamany udyatam rantum asit

tad-avadhi bata nari-sangame smaryamane

bhavati mukha-vikarah susthu nisthivanam ca

Sri Yamunacarya says, "Since I have developed my Krsna consciousness," yad-avadhi mama cetah krsna-padaravinde, "always thinking on the lotus feet of Krsna," yad-avadhi mama cetah krsna-padaravinde nava-nava-rasa-dhamany udyatam rantum asit, "every moment I am getting new pleasure." And what about our material life? Bata nari-sangame: "The highest material pleasure is sex life -- to enjoy woman. As soon as I think of it, I spite on it." These are the test, how we are advancing in Krsna consciousness. You can test yourself, how we have become detestful to this material enjoyment.

This verse was spoken by Yamunacarya

>>> Ref. VedaBase => Janmastami Lecture – August 13, 1971, London

See also: Bg 2.60, Bg 5.21, SB 4.25.24, ŚB 7.9.45, SB 9.18.39 & SB 9.19.16

Section to memorize: Krsna is: nava-nava-rasa - Unlimited and ever-fresh (nava) new rasa or pastimes and relationships.

Songs of Srila Narottama dasa Thakura: Ista-deve Vijnapti (hari hari! bifale)

Text Two

golokera prema-dhana, hari-nama-sankirtana,

rati na janmilo kene tay

samsara-bisanale, diba-nisi hiya jwale,

juraite na koinu upay

SYNONYMS

golokera — of Goloka Vrndavana; prema-dhana — the treasure of divine love; hari-nama-sankirtana — the congregational chanting of Lord Hari's holy names; rati — my attraction; na janmilo — never came about; kene — why?; tay — for that; samsara-visanale — in the fire of the poison of worldliness; diva-nisi -- day and night; hiya jvale — my heart burns; judaite — to relieve it; na koinu upay — I have not taken the means.

TRANSLATION

The treasure of divine love in Goloka Vrndavana has descended as the congregational chanting of Lord Hari's holy names. Why did my attraction for that chanting never come about? Day and night my heart burns in the fire of the poison of worldliness, and I have not accepted the means for relieving it.

Bhajan & Purport to Hari Hari Biphale

Songs of Srila Narottama dasa Thakura: Ista-deve Vijnapti (hari hari! bifale)

Text Three

brajendra-nandana jei, saci-suta hoilo sei,

balarama hoilo nitai

dina-hina jata chilo, hari-name uddharilo,

tara saksi jagai madhai

Synonyms

brajendra-nandana yei -- Lord Krsna, the son of the King of Vraja; saci-suta -- the son of saci (Lord Caitanya); hoilo -- became; sei -- He; balarama -- Lord Balarama; hoilo -- became; nitai -- Lord Nityananda; dina-hina -- who were lowly and wretched; yata chilo -- all those souls who were; hari-name -- by the holy name; uddharilo -- were delivered; tara saksi -- the evidence of that; jagai madhai -- the two sinners named Jagai and Madhai.

Translation

Lord Krsna, the son of the king of Vraja, became the son of Saci, and Balarama became Nitai. The holy name delivered all those souls who were lowly and wretched. The two sinners Jagai and Madhai are evidence of this.

Bhajan & Purport to Hari Hari Biphale

Songs of Srila Narottama dasa Thakura: Saparsada-bhagavad-virahajanita-vilapa (je anilo prema-dhana)

Text One

je anilo prema-dhana koruna pracur

heno prabhu kotha gela acarya-thakur

SYNONYMS

ye anilo — he who brought; prema-dhana — the treasure of divine love; koruna pracur — who was filled with compassion and mercy; heno prabhu — such a personality; kotha gela — where has he gone?; acarya-thakur — Srinivasa acarya.

TRANSLATION

He who brought the treasure of divine love and who was filled with compassion and mercy -- where has such a personality as Srinivasa Acarya gone?

Sri Guru-parampara

by Srila Bhaktisiddhanta Sarasvati Gosvami Prabhupada

Vaishnava Songs Vol 1 - Sriman Kripamoya Das Adhikari

mahaprabhu sri-caitanya, radha-krsna nahe anya

or

sri-krsna-caitanya, radha-krsna nahe anya

Synonyms

mahaprabhu sri-caitanya -- Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu; radha-krsna nahe anya -- is nondifferent from Sri Sri Radha and Krsna;

Translation

Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu is none other than Sri Sri Radha-Krsna.

Text Six>>> Ref. VedaBase => SVA 4: Sri Guru-parampara (krsna hoite catur-mukha)

Paribhasa sutra of Srimad Bhagavatam

ŚB 1.3.28

एते चांशकला: पुंस: कृष्णस्तु भगवान् स्वयम् ।

इन्द्रारिव्याकुलं लोकं मृडयन्ति युगे युगे ॥ २८ ॥

ete cāṁśa-kalāḥ puṁsaḥ

kṛṣṇas tu bhagavān svayam

indrāri-vyākulaṁ lokaṁ

mṛḍayanti yuge yuge

Synonyms

ete — all these; ca — and; aṁśa — plenary portions; kalāḥ — portions of the plenary portions; puṁsaḥ — of the Supreme; kṛṣṇaḥ — Lord Kṛṣṇa; tu — but; bhagavān — the Personality of Godhead; svayam — in person; indra-ari — the enemies of Indra; vyākulam — disturbed; lokam — all the planets; mṛḍayanti — gives protection; yuge yuge — in different ages.

Translation

All of the above-mentioned incarnations are either plenary portions or portions of the plenary portions of the Lord, but Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa is the original Personality of Godhead. All of them appear on planets whenever there is a disturbance created by the atheists. The Lord incarnates to protect the theists.

Paribhasa sutra of the tenth canto of Srimad Bhagavatam

ŚB 10.8.45

त्रय्या चोपनिषद्भ‍िश्च साङ्ख्ययोगैश्च सात्वतै: ।

उपगीयमानमाहात्म्यं हरिं सामन्यतात्मजम् ॥ ४५ ॥

trayyā copaniṣadbhiś ca

sāṅkhya-yogaiś ca sātvataiḥ

upagīyamāna-māhātmyaṁ

hariṁ sāmanyatātmajam

Synonyms

trayyā — by studying the three Vedas (Sāma, Yajur and Atharva); ca — also; upaniṣadbhiḥ ca — and by studying the Vedic knowledge of the Upaniṣads; sāṅkhya-yogaiḥ — by reading the literature of sāṅkhya-yoga; ca — and; sātvataiḥ — by the great sages and devotees, or by reading Vaiṣṇava-tantra, Pañcarātras; upagīyamāna-māhātmyam — whose glories are worshiped (by all these Vedic literatures); harim — unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sā — she; amanyata — considered (ordinary); ātmajam — as her own son.

Translation

The glories of the Supreme Personality of Godhead are studied through the three Vedas, the Upaniṣads, the literature of Sāṅkhya-yoga, and other Vaiṣṇava literature, yet mother Yaśodā considered that Supreme Person her ordinary child.

Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (1.1.11)

CC Madhya 19.167

anyābhilāṣitā-śūnyaṁ

jñāna-karmādy-anāvṛtam

ānukūlyena kṛṣṇānu-

śīlanaṁ bhaktir uttamā

Synonyms

anya-abhilāṣitā-śūnyam — without desires other than those for the service of Lord Kṛṣṇa, or without material desires (such as those for meat-eating, illicit sex, gambling and addiction to intoxicants); jñāna — by the knowledge of the philosophy of the monist Māyāvādīs*; karma — by fruitive activities; ādi — by artificially practicing detachment, by the mechanical practice of yoga, by studying the Sāṅkhya philosophy, and so on; anāvṛtam — not covered; ānukūlyena — favorable; kṛṣṇa-anuśīlanam — cultivation of service in relationship to Kṛṣṇa; bhaktiḥ uttamā — first-class devotional service.

Translation

“ ‘When first-class devotional service develops, one must be devoid of all material desires, knowledge obtained by monistic philosophy, and fruitive action. The devotee must constantly serve Kṛṣṇa favorably, as Kṛṣṇa desires.’

Bhakti-rasamrta-sindhu (1.1.12)

CC Madhya 19.170

sarvopādhi-vinirmuktaṁ

tat-paratvena nirmalam

hṛṣīkeṇa hṛṣīkeśa-

sevanaṁ bhaktir ucyate

Synonyms

sarva-upādhi-vinirmuktam — free from all kinds of material designations, or free from all desires except the desire to render service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tat-paratvena — by the sole purpose of serving the Supreme Personality of Godhead; nirmalam — uncontaminated by the effects of speculative philosophical research or fruitive activity; hṛṣīkeṇa — by purified senses freed from all designations; hṛṣīka-īśa — of the master of the senses; sevanam — the service to satisfy the senses; bhaktiḥ — devotional service; ucyate — is called.

Translation

“ ‘Bhakti, or devotional service, means engaging all our senses in the service of the Lord, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of all the senses. When the spirit soul renders service unto the Supreme, there are two side effects. One is freed from all material designations, and one’s senses are purified simply by being employed in the service of the Lord.’

Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu 1.2.4

yena tena prakāreṇa

manaḥ kṛṣṇe niveśayet

sarve vidhi-niṣedhā syur

etayor eva kiṅkarāḥ

Synonyms

yena—by which; tena—by that; prakāreṇa—by a means; manaḥ—the mind; kṛṣṇe—in Kṛṣṇa; niveśayet—one should fix; sarve—all; vidhi-niṣedhaḥ—rules and prohibitions mentioned in the scripture or given by the spiritual master; syuḥ—should be; etayoḥ—of this principle; eva—certainly; kiṅkarāḥ—the servants.

Translation

One should fix his mind on Kṛṣṇa by any means. All the rules and prohibitions mentioned in the śāstras should be the servants of this principle.

Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (1.2.101)

śruti-smṛti-purāṇādi-

pañcarātra-vidhiṁ vinā

aikāntikī harer bhaktir

utpātāyaiva kalpate

Translation

"Devotional service of the Lord that ignores the authorized Vedic literatures like the Upaniṣads, Purāṇas and Nārada Pañcarātra is simply an unnecessary disturbance in society."

Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu 1.2.187

īhā yasya harer dāsye

karmaṇā manasā girā

nikhilāsv apy avasthāsu

jīvan-muktaḥ sa ucyate

SYNONYMS

īhā—the activity; yasya—of whom; harer—of Hari, Kṛṣṇa, the Lord; dāsye—in service; karmaṇā—by the actions (of the body); manasā—by the mind; girä—and by the words; nikhiläsu—in all; api—indeed; avasthäsu—in all conditions of material existence; jīvan-muktaḥ—liberated even within material existence; saù—such; ucyate—is so called.

Translation

One who engages in the transcendental service of the Lord in body, mind and word is to be considered liberated in all conditions of material existence.

Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu 1.2.255-256

anāsaktasya viṣayān

 yathārham upayuñjataḥ

nirbandhaḥ kṛṣṇa-sambandhe

 yuktaṁ vairāgyam ucyate

prāpañcikatayā buddhyā

 hari-sambandhi-vastunaḥ

mumukṣubhiḥ parityāgo 

vairāgyaṁ phalgu kathyate

“When one is not attached to anything but at the same time accepts everything in relation to Kṛṣṇa, one is rightly situated above possessiveness. On the other hand, one who rejects everything without knowledge of its relationship to Kṛṣṇa is not as complete in his renunciation.”

Also see: Bg. 6.10 & BRS 01.02.255 nirbandhah krsna-sambandhe ... - cited

Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu 1.2.234

CC Madhya 17.136

ataḥ śrī-kṛṣṇa-nāmādi

na bhaved grāhyam indriyaiḥ

sevonmukhe hi jihvādau

svayam eva sphuraty adaḥ

Synonyms

ataḥ — therefore (because Kṛṣṇa’s name, form and qualities are all on the absolute platform); śrī-kṛṣṇa-nāma-ādi — Lord Kṛṣṇa’s name, form, qualities, pastimes and so on; na — not; bhavet — can be; grāhyam — perceived; indriyaiḥ — by the blunt material senses; sevā-unmukhe — to one engaged in His service; hi — certainly; jihvā-ādau — beginning with the tongue; svayam — personally; eva — certainly; sphurati — become manifest; adaḥ — those (Kṛṣṇa’s name, form, qualities and so on).

Translation

“ ‘Therefore material senses cannot appreciate Kṛṣṇa’s holy name, form, qualities and pastimes. When a conditioned soul is awakened to Kṛṣṇa consciousness and renders service by using his tongue to chant the Lord’s holy name and taste the remnants of the Lord’s food, the tongue is purified, and one gradually comes to understand who Kṛṣṇa really is.’

Śrī Īśopaniṣad Invocation

 oṁ pūrṇam adaḥ pūrṇam idaṁ

pūrṇāt pūrṇam udacyate

pūrṇasya pūrṇam ādāya

pūrṇam evāvaśiṣyate

Synonyms

oṁ — the Complete Whole; pūrṇam — perfectly complete; adaḥ — that; pūrṇam — perfectly complete; idam — this phenomenal world; pūrṇāt — from the all-perfect; pūrṇam — complete unit; udacyate — is produced; pūrṇasya — of the Complete Whole; pūrṇam — completely, all; karmaṇā — having been taken away; pūrṇam — the complete balance; eva — even; avaśiṣyate — is remaining.

Translation

The Personality of Godhead is perfect and complete, and because He is completely perfect, all emanations from Him, such as this phenomenal world, are perfectly equipped as complete wholes. Whatever is produced of the Complete Whole is also complete in itself. Because He is the Complete Whole, even though so many complete units emanate from Him, He remains the complete balance.

NOI 1

वाचो वेगं मनसः क्रोधवेगं जिह्वावेगमुदरोपस्थवेगम् ।

एतान्वेगान्यो विषहेत धीरः सर्वामपीमां पृथिवीं स शिष्यात् ॥ १ ॥

vāco vegaṁ manasaḥ krodha-vegaṁ

jihvā-vegam udaropastha-vegam

etān vegān yo viṣaheta dhīraḥ

sarvām apīmāṁ pṛthivīṁ sa śiṣyāt

Synonyms

vācaḥ — of speech; vegam — urge; manasaḥ — of the mind; krodha — of anger; vegam — urge; jihvā — of the tongue; vegam — urge; udara-upastha — of the belly and genitals; vegam — urge; etān — these; vegān — urges; yaḥ — whoever; viṣaheta — can tolerate; dhīraḥ — sober; sarvām — all; api — certainly; imām — this; pṛthivīm — world; saḥ — that personality; śiṣyāt — can make disciples.

Translation

A sober person who can tolerate the urge to speak, the mind’s demands, the actions of anger and the urges of the tongue, belly and genitals is qualified to make disciples all over the world.

NOI 2

अत्याहारः प्रयासश्च प्रजल्पो नियमाग्रहः ।

जनसङ्गश्च लौल्यं च षड्भिर्भक्तिर्विनश्यति ॥ २ ॥

atyāhāraḥ prayāsaś ca

prajalpo niyamāgrahaḥ

jana-saṅgaś ca laulyaṁ ca

ṣaḍbhir bhaktir vinaśyati

Synonyms

ati-āhāraḥ — overeating or too much collecting; prayāsaḥ — over-endeavoring; ca — and; prajalpaḥ — idle talking; niyama — rules and regulations; āgrahaḥ — too much attachment to (or agrahaḥ – too much neglect of); jana-saṅgaḥ — association with worldly-minded persons; ca — and; laulyam — ardent longing or greed; ca — and; ṣaḍbhiḥ — by these six; bhaktiḥ — devotional service; vinaśyati — is destroyed.

Translation

One’s devotional service is spoiled when he becomes too entangled in the following six activities: (1) eating more than necessary or collecting more funds than required; (2) over-endeavoring for mundane things that are very difficult to obtain; (3) talking unnecessarily about mundane subject matters; (4) practicing the scriptural rules and regulations only for the sake of following them and not for the sake of spiritual advancement, or rejecting the rules and regulations of the scriptures and working independently or whimsically; (5) associating with worldly-minded persons who are not interested in Kṛṣṇa consciousness; and (6) being greedy for mundane achievements.

NOI 3

utsāhān niścayād dhairyāt

tat-tat-karma-pravartanāt

saṅga-tyāgāt sato vṛtteḥ

ṣaḍbhir bhaktiḥ prasidhyati

Synonyms

utsāhāt — by enthusiasm; niścayāt — by confidence; dhairyāt — by patience; tat-tat-karma — various activities favorable for devotional service; pravartanāt — by performing; saṅga-tyāgāt — by giving up the association of nondevotees; sataḥ — of the great previous ācāryas; vṛtteḥ — by following in the footsteps; ṣaḍbhiḥ — by these six; bhaktiḥ — devotional service; prasidhyati — advances or becomes successful.

Translation

There are six principles favorable to the execution of pure devotional service: (1) being enthusiastic, (2) endeavoring with confidence, (3) being patient, (4) acting according to regulative principles [such as śravaṇaṁ kīrtanaṁ viṣṇoḥ smaraṇam – hearing, chanting and remembering Kṛṣṇa], (5) abandoning the association of nondevotees, and (6) following in the footsteps of the previous ācāryas. These six principles undoubtedly assure the complete success of pure devotional service.

NOI 5

कृष्णेति यस्य गिरि तं मनसाद्रियेत दीक्षास्ति चेत्प्रणतिभिश्च भजन्तमीशम् ।

शुश्रूषया भजनविज्ञमनन्यमन्यनिन्दादिशून्यहृदमीप्सितसङ्गलब्ध्या ॥ ५ ॥

kṛṣṇeti yasya giri taṁ manasādriyeta

dīkṣāsti cet praṇatibhiś ca bhajantam īśam

śuśrūṣayā bhajana-vijñam ananyam anya-

nindādi-śūnya-hṛdam īpsita-saṅga-labdhyā

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa — the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa; iti — thus; yasya — of whom; giri — in the words or speech; tam — him; manasā — by the mind; ādriyeta — one must honor; dīkṣā — initiation; asti — there is; cet — if; praṇatibhiḥ — by obeisances; ca — also; bhajantam — engaged in devotional service; īśam — unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; śuśrūṣayā — by practical service; bhajana-vijñam — one who is advanced in devotional service; ananyam — without deviation; anya-nindā-ādi — of blasphemy of others, etc; śūnya — completely devoid; hṛdam — whose heart; īpsita — desirable; saṅga — association; labdhyā — by gaining.

Translation

One should mentally honor the devotee who chants the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa, one should offer humble obeisances to the devotee who has undergone spiritual initiation [dīkṣā] and is engaged in worshiping the Deity, and one should associate with and faithfully serve that pure devotee who is advanced in undeviated devotional service and whose heart is completely devoid of the propensity to criticize others.

CC Madhya 23.14-15

ādau śraddhā tataḥ sādhu-

saṅgo ’tha bhajana-kriyā

tato ’nartha-nivṛttiḥ syāt

    tato niṣṭhā rucis tataḥ

athāsaktis tato bhāvas

tataḥ premābhyudañcati

sādhakānām ayaṁ premṇaḥ

prādurbhāve bhavet kramaḥ 

Synonyms

ādau — in the beginning; śraddhā — firm faith, or disinterest in material affairs and interest in spiritual advancement; tataḥ — thereafter; sādhu-saṅgaḥ — association with pure devotees; atha — then; bhajana-kriyā — performance of devotional service to Kṛṣṇa (surrendering to the spiritual master and being encouraged by the association of devotees, so that initiation takes place); tataḥ — thereafter; anartha-nivṛttiḥ — the diminishing of all unwanted habits; syāt — there should be; tataḥ — then; niṣṭhā — firm faith; ruciḥ — taste; tataḥ — thereafter; atha — then; āsaktiḥ — attachment; tataḥ — then; bhāvaḥ — emotion or affection; tataḥ — thereafter; prema — love of God; abhyudañcati — arises; sādhakānām — of the devotees practicing Kṛṣṇa consciousness; ayam — this; premṇaḥ — of love of Godhead; prādurbhāve — in the appearance; bhavet — is; kramaḥ — the chronological order.

Translation

“ ‘In the beginning there must be faith. Then one becomes interested in associating with pure devotees. Thereafter one is initiated by the spiritual master and executes the regulative principles under his orders. Thus one is freed from all unwanted habits and becomes firmly fixed in devotional service. Thereafter, one develops taste and attachment. This is the way of sādhana-bhakti, the execution of devotional service according to the regulative principles. Gradually emotions intensify, and finally there is an awakening of love. This is the gradual development of love of Godhead for the devotee interested in Kṛṣṇa consciousness.’

Taittiriya Upanisad 2.7.1

raso vai sah

 rasah hy evayam labdhvanandi bhavati

 “He Himself is rasa, the taste or mellow of a particular relationship. And certainly one who achieves this rasa becomes ananda, filled with bliss.” 

Svetasvatara Upanisad 6.23

yasya deve parā bhaktir

yathā deve tathā gurau

tasyaite kathitā hy arthāḥ

prakāśante mahātmanaḥ

yasya - unto whom; deve - the Lord; para bhaktir - unflinching devotion; yatha - unto; deve - the Lord; tatha - and; gurau - the spiritual master; kathita - the Vedas; hi - certainly; arthah - imports; prakasante -revealed; mahatmanah - the great souls

"Only unto those great souls who have implicit faith in both the Lord and the spiritual master are all the imports of Vedic knowledge automatically revealed." 

or

"Only unto one who has unflinching devotion to the Lord and to the spiritual master does transcendental knowledge become automatically revealed."

Katha Upanisad 2.2.13

nityo nityanām cetanas cetanānām

eko bahūnam yo vidadhāti kāmān

Synonyms

nityaḥ — the singular eternal; nityānām — of the plural eternals; cetanaḥ — the singular conscious being; cetanānām — of the plural conscious beings; ekaḥ — that one; bahūnām — of the many; yaḥ — He who; vidadhati — supplies; kāmān — all desired necessities of life.

Translation

The Supreme Lord is eternal and the living beings are eternal. The Supreme Lord is cognizant and the living beings are cognizant. The difference is that the Supreme Lord is supplying all the necessities of life for the many other living entities.

Śrī brahma-saṁhitā 5.1

īśvaraḥ paramaḥ kṛṣṇaḥ

sac-cid-ānanda-vigrahaḥ

anādir ādir govindaḥ

sarva-kāraṇa-kāraṇam

Synonyms

īśvaraḥ — the controller; paramaḥ — supreme; kṛṣṇaḥ — Lord Kṛṣṇa; sat — comprising eternal existence; cit — absolute knowledge; ānanda — and absolute bliss; vigrahaḥ — whose form; anādiḥ — without beginning; ādiḥ — the origin; govindaḥ — Lord Govinda; sarva-kāraṇa-kāraṇam — the cause of all causes.

Translation

Kṛṣṇa who is known as Govinda is the Supreme Godhead. He has an eternal blissful spiritual body. He is the origin of all. He has no other origin and He is the prime cause of all causes.

Śrī brahma-saṁhitā 5.33

advaitam acyutam anādim ananta-rūpam

ādyaṁ purāṇa-puruṣaṁ nava-yauvanaṁ ca

vedeṣu durlabham adurlabham ātma-bhaktau

govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

Synonyms

advaitam — without a second; acyutam — without decay; anādim — without a beginning; ananta-rūpam — whose form is endless, or who possesses unlimited forms; ādyam — the beginning; purāṇa-puruṣam — the most ancient person; nava-yauvanam — a blooming youth; ca — also; vedeṣu — through the Vedas; durlabham — inaccessible; adurlabham — not difficult to obtain; ātma-bhaktau — through pure devotion of the soul; govindam — Govinda; ādi-puruṣam — the original person; tam — Him; aham — I; bhajāmi — worship.

Translation

I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is inaccessible to the Vedas, but obtainable by pure unalloyed devotion of the soul, who is without a second, who is not subject to decay, is without a beginning, whose form is endless, who is the beginning, and the eternal puruṣa; yet He is a person possessing the beauty of blooming youth.

Śrī brahma-saṁhitā 5.35

eko 'py asau racayituṁ jagad-aṇḍa-koṭiṁ

yac-chaktir asti jagad-aṇḍa-cayā yad-antaḥ

aṇḍāntara-stha-paramāṇu-cayāntara-stham-

govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

Synonyms

ekaḥ — one; api — although; asau — He; racayitum — to create; jagat-aṇḍa — of universes; koṭim — millions; yat — whose; śaktiḥ — potency; asti — there is; jagat-aṇḍa-cayāḥ — all the universes; yat-antaḥ — within whom; aṇḍa-antara-stha — which are scattered throughout the universe; parama-aṇu-caya — the atoms; antara-stham — situated within; govindam — Govinda; ādi-puruṣam — the original person; tam — Him; aham — I; bhajāmi — worship.

Translation

He is an undifferentiated entity as there is no distinction between potency and the possessor thereof. In His work of creation of millions of worlds, His potency remains inseparable. All the universes exist in Him and He is present in His fullness in every one of the atoms that are scattered throughout the universe, at one and the same time. Such is the primeval Lord whom I adore.

Translation from the purport of SB 2.9.35

“I worship the Personality of Godhead, Govinda, who, by one of His plenary portions, enters into the existence of every universe and every particle of the atoms and thus unlimitedly manifests His infinite energy all over the material creation.”

Śrī brahma-saṁhitā 5.37

ānanda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhāvitābhis

tābhir ya eva nija-rūpatayā kalābhiḥ

goloka eva nivasaty akhilātma-bhūto

govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

Synonyms

ānanda — bliss; cit — and knowledge; maya — consisting of; rasa — mellows; prati — every second; bhāvitābhiḥ — who are engrossed with; tābhiḥ — with those; yaḥ — who; eva — certainly; nija-rūpatayā — with His own form; kalābhiḥ — who are parts of portions of His pleasure potency; goloka — in Goloka Vṛndāvana; eva — certainly; nivasati — resides; akhila-ātma — as the soul of all; bhūtaḥ — who exists; govindam — Govinda; ādi-puruṣam — the original personality; tam — Him; aham — I; bhajāmi — worship.

Translation

I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, residing in His own realm, Goloka, with Rādhā, resembling His own spiritual figure, the embodiment of the ecstatic potency possessed of the sixty-four artistic activities, in the company of Her confidantes [sakhīs], embodiments of the extensions of Her bodily form, permeated and vitalized by His ever-blissful spiritual rasa.

Translation from the purport of SB 2.9.35

“I worship the Personality of Godhead, Govinda, who, by expansion of His internal potency of transcendental existence, knowledge and bliss, enjoys in His own and expanded forms. Simultaneously He enters into every atom of the creation.”

Purport by MGDas

This verse proofs that Lord Krsna is all-pervading: goloka eva nivasaty akhilātma-bhūto

He resides in Goloka, but he is also atma-bhuto, the soul of all.

See also Srila Prabhupada's purport on Bg 8.22: "The Brahma-samhita (5.37) also confirms that although the Lord is always in the supreme abode, Goloka Vrndavana, He is all-pervading, so that everything is going on nicely (goloka eva nivasaty akhilatma-bhutah)."As well as Bg 9.11: Although the personalist and the impersonalist will fight with one another perpetually, a perfect devotee in Kṛṣṇa consciousness knows that although Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality, He is all-pervading, as confirmed in the Brahma-saṁhitā.

Śrī brahma-saṁhitā 5.38

premāñjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena

santaḥ sadaiva hṛdayeṣu vilokayanti

yaṁ śyāmasundaram acintya-guṇa-svarūpaṁ

govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

Synonyms

prema — of love; añjana — with the salve; churita — tinged; bhakti — of devotion; vilocanena — with the eye; santaḥ — the pure devotees; sadā — always; eva — indeed; hṛdayeṣu — in their hearts; vilokayanti — see; yam — whom; śyāma — dark blue; sundaram — beautiful; acintya — inconceivable; guṇa — with attributes; svarūpam — whose nature is endowed; govindam — Govinda; ādi-puruṣam — the original person; tam — Him; aham — I; bhajāmi — worship.

Translation

I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is Śyāmasundara, Kṛṣṇa Himself with inconceivable innumerable attributes, whom the pure devotees see in their heart of hearts with the eye of devotion tinged with the salve of love.

Translation from the purport of SB 2.9.35

“I worship the original Personality of Godhead, Govinda, whom the pure devotees, their eyes smeared with the ointment of love of Godhead, always observe within their hearts. This Govinda, the original Personality of Godhead, is Śyāmasundara with all transcendental qualities.”

Prabodhananda Sarasvati

from Caitanya-candramrta 5

kaivalyam narakayate tri-dasa-pur akasa-puspayate

durdantendriya-kala-sarpa-patali protkhata-damstrayate

visvam purna-sukhayate vidhi-mahendradis ca kitayate

yat karunya-kataksa-vaibhavavatam tam gauram eva stumah

SYNONYMS

kaivalyam -- the pleasure of merging into the existence of Brahman; narakayate -- is considered hellish; tri-dasa-pur -- the heavenly planets; akasa-puspayate -- something imaginary, like a flower in the sky; durdanta -- formidable; indriya -- the senses; kala-sarpa -- venomous snake; patali -- multitude; protkhata -- extracted; damstrayate -- teeth; visvam -- the material world; purna -- completely; sukhayate -- happy; vidhi -- Lord Brahma; mahendra -- Indra, the king of heaven; adih -- the demigods; ca -- and; kitayate -- become like an insect; yat -- of whom; karunya -- mercy; kataksa -- glance; vaibhavavatam -- of the most confidential devotee; tam -- unto; gauram -- Lord Caitanya Mahaprabhu; eva -- certainly; stumah -- glorify.

TRANSLATION

For a devotee, the pleasure of merging into the existence of Brahman is considered hellish. Similarly, he considers promotion to heavenly planets just another kind of phantasmagoria. The yogis meditate for sense control, but for the devotee the senses appear like serpents with broken teeth. The whole material world appears joyful for a devotee, and even great personalities like Lord Brahma and Lord Indra are considered no better than insects. Such is the position of a devotee who has received but a small glance of the mercy of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu. Unto this most magnanimous personality I offer my respectful obeisances.>>> Ref. VedaBase => Prabodhananda Sarasvati from Caitanya-candramrta 5

Bg. 2.12

न त्वेवाहं जातु नासं न त्वं नेमे जनाधिपाः ।

न चैव नभविष्यामः सर्वे वयमतः परम् ॥ १२ ॥

na tv evāhaṁ jātu nāsaṁ

na tvaṁ neme janādhipāḥ

na caiva na bhaviṣyāmaḥ

sarve vayam ataḥ param

Synonyms

na — never; tu — but; eva — certainly; aham — I; jātu — at any time; na — did not; āsam — exist; na — not; tvam — you; na — not; ime — all these; jana-adhipāḥ — kings; na — never; ca — also; eva — certainly; na — not; bhaviṣyāmaḥ — shall exist; sarve vayam — all of us; ataḥ param — hereafter.

Translation

Never was there a time when I did not exist, nor you, nor all these kings; nor in the future shall any of us cease to be.

Bg. 2.13

देहिनोऽस्मिन्यथा देहे कौमारं यौवनं जरा ।

तथा देहान्तरप्राप्तिर्धीरस्तत्र न मुह्यति ॥ १३ ॥

dehino ’smin yathā dehe

kaumāraṁ yauvanaṁ jarā

tathā dehāntara-prāptir

dhīras tatra na muhyati

Synonyms

dehinaḥ — of the embodied; asmin — in this; yathā — as; dehe — in the body; kaumāram — boyhood; yauvanam — youth; jarā — old age; tathā — similarly; deha-antara — of transference of the body; prāptiḥ — achievement; dhīraḥ — the sober; tatra — thereupon; na — never; muhyati — is deluded.

Translation

As the embodied soul continuously passes, in this body, from boyhood to youth to old age, the soul similarly passes into another body at death. A sober person is not bewildered by such a change.

Bg. 2.14

मात्रास्पर्शास्तु कौन्तेय शीतोष्णसुखदुःखदाः ।

आगमापायिनोऽनित्यास्तांस्तितिक्षस्व भारत ॥ १४ ॥

mātrā-sparśās tu kaunteya

śītoṣṇa-sukha-duḥkha-dāḥ

āgamāpāyino ’nityās

tāṁs titikṣasva bhārata

Synonyms

mātrā-sparśāḥ — sensory perception; tu — only; kaunteya — O son of Kuntī; śīta — winter; uṣṇa — summer; sukha — happiness; duḥkha — and pain; dāḥ — giving; āgama — appearing; apāyinaḥ — disappearing; anityāḥ — nonpermanent; tān — all of them; titikṣasva — just try to tolerate; bhārata — O descendant of the Bharata dynasty.

Translation

O son of Kuntī, the nonpermanent appearance of happiness and distress, and their disappearance in due course, are like the appearance and disappearance of winter and summer seasons. They arise from sense perception, O scion of Bharata, and one must learn to tolerate them without being disturbed.

Bg. 2.38 

सुखदुःखे समे कृत्वा लाभालाभौ जयाजयौ ।

 ततो युद्धाय युज्यस्व नैवं पापमवाप्स्यसि ॥ ३८ ॥

 sukha-duḥkhe same kṛtvā

 lābhālābhau jayājayau 

tatouage yuddhāya yujyasva

 naivaṁ pāpam avāpsyasi 

Synonyms   

sukha — happiness; duḥkhe — and distress; same — in equanimity; kṛtvā — doing so; lābha-alābhau — both profit and loss; jaya-ajayau — both victory and defeat; tataḥ — thereafter; yuddhāya — for the sake of fighting; yujyasva — engage (fight); na — never; evam — in this way; pāpam — sinful reaction; avāpsyasi — you will gain.  

Translation  

Do thou fight for the sake of fighting, without considering happiness or distress, loss or gain, victory or defeat – and by so doing you shall never incur sin.

BG 2.39

eṣā te ’bhihitā sāṅkhye

buddhir yoge tv imāṁ śṛṇu

buddhyā yukto yayā pārtha

karma-bandhaṁ prahāsyasi

SYNONYMS

eṣā — all this; te — unto you; abhihitā — described; sāṅkhye — in analytical study; buddhiḥ — intelligence; yoge — in work without fruitive result; tu — but; imām — this; śṛṇu — just hear; buddhyā — by intelligence; yuktaḥ — dovetailed; yayā — by which; pārtha — O son of Pṛthā; karma-bandham — bondage of reaction; prahāsyasi — you can be released from.

TRANSLATION

Thus far I have described this knowledge to you through analytical study. Now listen as I explain it in terms of working without fruitive results. O son of Pṛthā, when you act in such knowledge you can free yourself from the bondage of works.

For reference see also: Lecture by Hridayananda Dasa Goswami Check 1:25:30

Bg. 2.40

नेहाभिक्रमनाशोऽस्ति प्रत्यवायो न विद्यते ।

स्वल्पमप्यस्य धर्मस्य त्रायते महतो भयात् ॥ ४० ॥

nehābhikrama-nāśo ’sti

pratyavāyo na vidyate

sv-alpam apy asya dharmas

yatrāyate mahato bhayāt

Synonyms

na — there is not; iha — in this yoga; abhikrama — in endeavoring; nāśaḥ — loss; asti — there is; pratyavāyaḥ — diminution; na — never; vidyate — there is; su-alpam — a little; api — although; asya — of this; dharmasya — occupation; trāyate — releases; mahataḥ — from very great; bhayāt — danger.

Translation

In this endeavor there is no loss or diminution, and a little advancement on this path can protect one from the most dangerous type of fear.

Bg. 2.41

व्यवसायात्मिका बुद्धिरेकेह कुरूनन्दन ।

बहुशाखा ह्यनन्ताश्च बुद्धयोऽव्यवसायिनाम् ॥ ४१ ॥

vyavasāyātmikā buddhir

ekeha kuru-nandana

bahu-śākhā hy anantāś ca

buddhayo ’vyavasāyinām

Synonyms

vyavasāya-ātmikā — resolute in Kṛṣṇa consciousness; buddhiḥ — intelligence; ekā — only one; iha — in this world; kuru-nandana — O beloved child of the Kurus; bahu-śākhāḥ — having various branches; hi — indeed; anantāḥ — unlimited; ca — also; buddhayaḥ — intelligence; avyavasāyinām — of those who are not in Kṛṣṇa consciousness.

Translation

Those who are on this path are resolute in purpose, and their aim is one. O beloved child of the Kurus, the intelligence of those who are irresolute is many-branched.

Bg. 2.44

भोगैश्वर्यप्रसक्तानां तयापहृतचेतसाम् ।

व्यवसायात्मिका बुद्धिः समाधौ न विधीयते ॥ ४४ ॥

bhogaiśvarya-prasaktānāṁ

tayāpahṛta-cetasām

vyavasāyātmikā buddhiḥ

samādhau na vidhīyate

Synonyms

bhoga — to material enjoyment; aiśvarya — and opulence; prasaktānām — for those who are attached; tayā — by such things; apahṛta-cetasām — bewildered in mind; vyavasāya-ātmikā — fixed in determination; buddhiḥ — devotional service to the Lord; samādhau — in the controlled mind; na — never; vidhīyate — does take place.

Translation

In the minds of those who are too attached to sense enjoyment and material opulence, and who are bewildered by such things, the resolute determination for devotional service to the Supreme Lord does not take place.

Bg. 2.47

कर्मण्येवाधिकारस्ते मा फलेषु कदाचन ।

मा कर्मफलहेतुर्भूर्मा ते सङ्गोऽस्त्वकर्मणि ॥ ४७ ॥

karmaṇy evādhikāras te

mā phaleṣu kadācana

mā karma-phala-hetur bhūr

mā te saṅgo ’stv akarmaṇi

Synonyms

karmaṇi — in prescribed duties; eva — certainly; adhikāraḥ — right; te — of you; mā — never; phaleṣu — in the fruits; kadācana — at any time; mā — never; karma-phala — in the result of the work; hetuḥ — cause; bhūḥ — become; mā — never; te — of you; saṅgaḥ — attachment; astu — there should be; akarmaṇi — in not doing prescribed duties.

Translation

You have a right to perform your prescribed duty, but you are not entitled to the fruits of action. Never consider yourself the cause of the results of your activities, and never be attached to not doing your duty.

Bg. 3.21

यद्यदाचरति श्रेष्ठस्तत्तदेवेतरो जनः ।

स यत्प्रमाणं कुरुते लोकस्तदनुवर्तते ॥ २१ ॥

yad yad ācarati śreṣṭhastat

 tad evetaro janaḥ

sa yat pramāṇaṁ kurute

lokas tad anuvartate

Synonyms

yat yat — whatever; ācarati — he does; śreṣṭhaḥ — a respectable leader; tat — that; tat — and that alone; eva — certainly; itaraḥ — common; janaḥ — person; saḥ — he; yat — whichever; pramāṇam — example; kurute — does perform; lokaḥ — all the world; tat — that; anuvartate — follows in the footsteps.

Translation

Whatever action a great man performs, common men follow. And whatever standards he sets by exemplary acts, all the world pursues.

Bg. 3.27 

प्रकृतेः क्रियमाणानि गुणैः कर्माणि सर्वशः । 

अहङ्कारविमूढात्मा कर्ताहमिति मन्यते ॥ २७ ॥ 

prakṛteḥ  kriyamāṇāni 

guṇaiḥ karmāṇi sarvaśaḥ

 ahaṅkāra-vimūḍhātmā 

kartāham iti manyate 

Synonyms  

prakṛteḥ — of material nature; kriyamāṇāni — being done; guṇaiḥ — by the modes; karmāṇi — activities; sarvaśaḥ — all kinds of; ahaṅkāra-vimūḍha — bewildered by false ego; ātmā — the spirit soul; kartā — doer; aham — I; iti — thus; manyate — he thinks.

  Translation  

The spirit soul bewildered by the influence of false ego thinks himself the doer of activities that are in actuality carried out by the three modes of material nature.

Bg. 3.33

सदृशं चेष्टते स्वस्याः प्रकृतेर्ज्ञानवानपि ।

प्रकृतिं यान्ति भूतानि निग्रहः किं करिष्यति ॥ ३३ ॥

sadṛśaṁ ceṣṭate svasyāḥ

prakṛter jñānavān api

prakṛtiṁ yānti bhūtāni

nigrahaḥ kiṁ kariṣyati

Synonyms

sadṛśam — accordingly; ceṣṭate — tries; svasyāḥ — by his own; prakṛteḥ — modes of nature; jñāna-vān — learned; api — although; prakṛtim — nature; yānti — undergo; bhūtāni — all living entities; nigrahaḥ — repression; kim — what; kariṣyati — can do.

Translation

Even a man of knowledge acts according to his own nature, for everyone follows the nature he has acquired from the three modes. What can repression accomplish?

Bg. 3.37

श्री भगवानुवाचकाम एष क्रोध एष रजोगुणसमुद्भ‍वः ।

महाशनो महापाप्मा विद्ध्येनमिह वैरिणम् ॥ ३७ ॥

śrī-bhagavān uvāca

kāma eṣa krodha eṣa

rajo-guṇa-samudbhavaḥ

mahāśano mahā-pāpmā

viddhy enam iha vairiṇam

Synonyms

śri-bhagavān uvāca — the Personality of Godhead said; kāmaḥ — lust; eṣaḥ — this; krodhaḥ — wrath; eṣaḥ — this; rajaḥ-guṇa — the mode of passion; samudbhavaḥ — born of; mahā-aśanaḥ — all-devouring; mahā-pāpmā — greatly sinful; viddhi — know; enam — this; iha — in the material world; vairiṇam — greatest enemy.

Translation

The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: It is lust only, Arjuna, which is born of contact with the material mode of passion and later transformed into wrath, and which is the all-devouring sinful enemy of this world.

BG 3.42
indriyāṇi parāṇy āhur

indriyebhyaḥ paraṁ manaḥ

manasas tu parā buddhir

yo buddheḥ paratas tu saḥ

SYNONYMS

indriyāṇi — senses; parāṇi — superior; āhuḥ — are said; indriyebhyaḥ — more than the senses; param — superior; manaḥ — the mind; manasaḥ — more than the mind; tu — also; parā — superior; buddhiḥ — intelligence; yaḥ — who; buddheḥ — more than the intelligence; parataḥ — superior; tu — but; saḥ — he.

TRANSLATION

The working senses are superior to dull matter; mind is higher than the senses; intelligence is still higher than the mind; and he [the soul] is even higher than the intelligence.

Bg. 4.1

श्रीभगवानुवाचइमं विवस्वते योगं प्रोक्तवानहमव्ययम् ।

विवस्वान्मनवे प्राह मनुरिक्ष्वाकवेऽब्रवीत् ॥ १ ॥

śrī-bhagavān uvāca

imaṁ vivasvate yogaṁ

proktavān aham avyayam

vivasvān manave prāha

manur ikṣvākave ’bravīt

Synonyms

śrī-bhagavān uvāca — the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; imam — this; vivasvate — unto the sun-god; yogam — the science of one’s relationship to the Supreme; proktavān — instructed; aham — I; avyayam — imperishable; vivasvān — Vivasvān (the sun-god’s name); manave — unto the father of mankind (of the name Vaivasvata); prāha — told; manuḥ — the father of mankind; ikṣvākave — unto King Ikṣvāku; abravīt — said.

Translation

The Personality of Godhead, Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, said: I instructed this imperishable science of yoga to the sun-god, Vivasvān, and Vivasvān instructed it to Manu, the father of mankind, and Manu in turn instructed it to Ikṣvāku.

Bg 4.2

एवं परम्पराप्राप्तमिमं राजर्षयो विदुः ।

स कालेनेह महता योगे नष्टः परन्तप ॥ २ ॥

evaṁ paramparā-prāptam

imaṁ rājarṣayo viduḥ

sa kāleneha mahatā

yogo naṣṭaḥ paran-tapa

Synonyms

evam — thus; paramparā — by disciplic succession; prāptam — received; imam — this science; rāja-ṛṣayaḥ — the saintly kings; viduḥ — understood; saḥ — that knowledge; kālena — in the course of time; iha — in this world; mahatā — great; yogaḥ — the science of one’s relationship with the Supreme; naṣṭaḥ — scattered; param-tapa — O Arjuna, subduer of the enemies.

Translation

This supreme science was thus received through the chain of disciplic succession, and the saintly kings understood it in that way. But in course of time the succession was broken, and therefore the science as it is appears to be lost.

Bg. 4.3

स एवायं मया तेऽद्य योगः प्रोक्तः पुरातनः ।

भक्तोऽसि मे सखा चेति रहस्यं ह्येतदुत्तमम् ॥ ३ ॥

sa evāyaṁ mayā te ’dya

yogaḥ proktaḥ purātanaḥ

bhakto ’si me sakhā ceti

rahasyaṁ hy etad uttamam

Synonyms

saḥ — the same; eva — certainly; ayam — this; mayā — by Me; te — unto you; adya — today; yogaḥ — the science of yoga; proktaḥ — spoken; purātanaḥ — very old; bhaktaḥ — devotee; asi — you are; me — My; sakhā — friend; ca — also; iti — therefore; rahasyam — mystery; hi — certainly; etat — this; uttamam — transcendental.

Translation

That very ancient science of the relationship with the Supreme is today told by Me to you because you are My devotee as well as My friend and can therefore understand the transcendental mystery of this science.

Bg. 4.7

यदा यदा हि धर्मस्य ग्लानिर्भवति भारत ।

अभ्युत्थानमधर्मस्य तदात्मानं सृजाम्यहम् ॥ ७ ॥

yadā yadā hi dharmasya

glānir bhavati bhārata

abhyutthānam adharmasya

tadātmānaṁ sṛjāmy aham

Synonyms

yadā yadā — whenever and wherever; hi — certainly; dharmasya — of religion; glāniḥ — discrepancies; bhavati — become manifested; bhārata — O descendant of Bharata; abhyutthānam — predominance; adharmasya — of irreligion; tadā — at that time; ātmānam — self; sṛjāmi — manifest; aham — I.

Translation

Whenever and wherever there is a decline in religious practice, O descendant of Bharata, and a predominant rise of irreligion – at that time I descend Myself.

Bg. 4.8

परित्राणाय साधुनां विनाशाय च दुष्कृताम् ।

धर्मसंस्थानार्थाय सम्भवामि युगे युगे ॥ ८ ॥

paritrāṇāya sādhūnāṁ

vināśāya ca duṣkṛtām

dharma-saṁsthāpanārthāya

sambhavāmi yuge yuge

Synonyms

paritrāṇāya — for the deliverance; sādhūnām — of the devotees; vināśāya — for the annihilation; ca — and; duṣkṛtām — of the miscreants; dharma — principles of religion; saṁsthāpana-arthāya — to reestablish; sambhavāmi — I do appear; yuge — millennium; yuge — after millennium.

Translation

To deliver the pious and to annihilate the miscreants, as well as to reestablish the principles of religion, I Myself appear, millennium after millennium.

Bg. 4.11 

ये यथा मां प्रपद्यन्ते तांस्तथैव भजाम्यहम् । 

मम वर्त्मानुवर्तन्ते मनुष्याः पार्थ सर्वशः ॥ ११ ॥ 

ye yathā māṁ prapadyante

 tāṁs tathaiva bhajāmy aham 

mama vartmānuvartante 

manuṣyāḥ pārtha sarvaśaḥ 

Synonyms  

ye — all who; yathā — as; mām — unto Me; prapadyante — surrender; tān — them; tathā — so; eva — certainly; bhajāmi — reward; aham — I; mama — My; vartma — path; anuvartante — follow; manuṣyāḥ — all men; pārtha — O son of Pṛthā; sarvaśaḥ — in all respects.

  Translation  

As all surrender unto Me, I reward them accordingly. Everyone follows My path in all respects, O son of Pṛthā.

Bg. 4.34

तद्विद्धि प्रणिपातेन परिप्रश्न‍ेन सेवया ।

उपदेक्ष्यन्ति ते ज्ञानं ज्ञानिनस्तत्त्वदर्शिनः ॥ ३४ ॥

tad viddhi praṇipātena

paripraśnena sevayā

upadekṣyanti te jñānaṁ

jñāninas tattva-darśinaḥ

Synonyms

tat — that knowledge of different sacrifices; viddhi — try to understand; praṇipātena — by approaching a spiritual master; paripraśnena — by submissive inquiries; sevayā — by the rendering of service; upadekṣyanti — they will initiate; te — you; jñānam — into knowledge; jñāninaḥ — the self-realized; tattva — of the truth; darśinaḥ — seers.

Translation

Just try to learn the truth by approaching a spiritual master. Inquire from him submissively and render service unto him. The self-realized souls can impart knowledge unto you because they have seen the truth.

BG 5.4
sāṅkhya-yogau pṛthag bālāḥ

pravadanti na paṇḍitāḥ

ekam apy āsthitaḥ samyag 

ubhayor vindate phalam

SYNONYMS

sāṅkhya — analytical study of the material world; yogau — work in devotional service; pṛthak — different; bālāḥ — the less intelligent; pravadanti — say; na — never; paṇḍitāḥ — the learned; ekam — in one; api — even; āsthitaḥ — being situated; samyak — complete; ubhayoḥ — of both; vindate — enjoys; phalam — the result.

TRANSLATION

Only the ignorant speak of devotional service [karma-yoga] as being different from the analytical study of the material world [Sāṅkhya]. Those who are actually learned say that he who applies himself well to one of these paths achieves the results of both.

Bg. 5.18 

विद्याविनयसम्पन्ने ब्राह्मणे गवि हस्तिनि ।

 श‍ुनि चैव श्वपाके च पण्डिता: समदर्शिन: ॥ १८ ॥

 vidyā-vinaya-sampanne 

brāhmaṇe gavi hastini 

śuni caiva śva-pāke ca 

paṇḍitāḥ sama-darśinaḥ 

Synonyms

  vidyā — with education; vinaya — and gentleness; sampanne — fully equipped; brāhmaṇe — in the brāhmaṇa; gavi — in the cow; hastini — in the elephant; śuni — in the dog; ca — and; eva — certainly; śva-pāke — in the dog-eater (the outcaste); ca — respectively; paṇḍitāḥ — those who are wise; sama-darśinaḥ — who see with equal vision. 

 Translation  

The humble sages, by virtue of true knowledge, see with equal vision a learned and gentle brāhmaṇa, a cow, an elephant, a dog and a dog-eater [outcaste].

Bg. 5.29

भोक्तारं यज्ञतपसां सर्वलोकमहेश्वरम् ।

सुहृदं सर्वभूतानां ज्ञात्वा मां शान्तिमृच्छति ॥ २९ ॥

bhoktāraṁ yajña-tapasāṁ

sarva-loka-maheśvaram

suhṛdaṁ sarva-bhūtānāṁ

jñātvā māṁ śāntim ṛcchati

Synonyms

bhoktāram — the beneficiary; yajña — of sacrifices; tapasām — and penances and austerities; sarva-loka — of all planets and the demigods thereof; mahā-īśvaram — the Supreme Lord; su-hṛdam — the benefactor; sarva — of all; bhūtānām — the living entities; jñātvā — thus knowing; mām — Me (Lord Kṛṣṇa); śāntim — relief from material pangs; ṛcchati — one achieves.

Translation

A person in full consciousness of Me, knowing Me to be the ultimate beneficiary of all sacrifices and austerities, the Supreme Lord of all planets and demigods, and the benefactor and well-wisher of all living entities, attains peace from the pangs of material miseries.

BG 6.16

नात्यश्न‍तस्तु योगोऽस्ति न चैकान्तमनश्न‍त: ।

न चातिस्वप्‍नशीलस्य जाग्रतो नैव चार्जुन ॥ १६ ॥

nāty-aśnatas tu yogo ’sti

na caikāntam anaśnataḥ

na cāti-svapna-śīlasya

jāgrato naiva cārjuna

Synonyms

na — never; ati — too much; aśnataḥ — of one who eats; tu — but; yogaḥ — linking with the Supreme; asti — there is; na — nor; ca — also; ekāntam — overly; anaśnataḥ — abstaining from eating; na — nor; ca — also; ati — too much; svapna-śīlasya — of one who sleeps; jāgrataḥ — or one who keeps night watch too much; na — not; eva — ever; ca — and; arjuna — O Arjuna.

Translation

There is no possibility of one’s becoming a yogī, O Arjuna, if one eats too much or eats too little, sleeps too much or does not sleep enough.

Bg. 6.30

यो मां पश्यति सर्वत्र सर्वं च मयि पश्यति ।

तस्याहं न प्रणश्यामि स च मे न प्रणश्यति ॥ ३० ॥

yo māṁ paśyati sarvatra

sarvaṁ ca mayi paśyati

tasyāhaṁ na praṇaśyāmi

sa ca me na praṇaśyati

Synonyms

yaḥ — whoever; mām — Me; paśyati — sees; sarvatra — everywhere; sarvam — everything; ca — and; mayi — in Me; paśyati — sees; tasya — for him; aham — I; na — not; praṇaśyāmi — am lost; saḥ — he; ca — also; me — to Me; na — nor; praṇaśyati — is lost.

Translation

For one who sees Me everywhere and sees everything in Me, I am never lost, nor is he ever lost to Me.

BG 6.45

prayatnād yatamānas tu

yogī saṁśuddha-kilbiṣaḥ

aneka-janma-saṁsiddhas

tato yāti parāṁ gatim

SYNONYMS

prayatnāt — by rigid practice; yatamānaḥ — endeavoring; tu — and; yogī — such a transcendentalist; saṁśuddha — washed off; kilbiṣaḥ — all of whose sins; aneka — after many, many; janma — births; saṁsiddhaḥ — having achieved perfection; tataḥ — thereafter; yāti — attains; parām — the highest; gatim — destination.

TRANSLATION

And when the yogī engages himself with sincere endeavor in making further progress, being washed of all contaminations, then ultimately, achieving perfection after many, many births of practice, he attains the supreme goal.

BG 6.47

योगिनामपि सर्वेषां मद्ग‍तेनान्तरात्मना । 

श्रद्धावान्भजते यो मां स मे युक्ततमो मत: ॥ ४७ ॥ 

yoginām api sarveṣāṁ 

mad-gatenāntar-ātmanā 

śraddhāvān bhajate yo māṁ

 sa me yukta-tamo mataḥ 

Synonyms  

yoginām — of yogīs; api — also; sarveṣām — all types of; mat-gatena — abiding in Me, always thinking of Me; antaḥ-ātmanā — within himself; śraddhā-vān — in full faith; bhajate — renders transcendental loving service; yaḥ — one who; mām — to Me (the Supreme Lord); saḥ — he; me — by Me; 

yukta-tamaḥ — the greatest yogī; mataḥ — is considered.  

Translation 

 And of all yogīs, the one with great faith who always abides in Me, thinks of Me within himself and renders transcendental loving service to Me – he is the most intimately united with Me in yoga and is the highest of all. That is My opinion.

BG 7.3

manuṣyāṇāṁ sahasreṣu

kaścid yatati siddhaye

yatatām api siddhānāṁ

kaścin māṁ vetti tattvataḥ

Synonyms

manuṣyāṇām — of men; sahasreṣu — out of many thousands; kaścit — someone; yatati — endeavors; siddhaye — for perfection; yatatām — of those so endeavoring; api — indeed; siddhānām — of those who have achieved perfection; kaścit — someone; mām — Me; vetti — does know; tattvataḥ — in fact.

Translation

Out of many thousands among men, one may endeavor for perfection, and of those who have achieved perfection, hardly one knows Me in truth.

Bg. 7.4

भूमिरापोऽनलो वायु: खं मनो बुद्धिरेव च ।

अहङ्कार इतीयं मे भिन्ना प्रकृतिरष्टधा ॥ ४ ॥

bhūmir āpo ’nalo vāyuḥ

khaṁ mano buddhir eva ca

ahaṅkāra itīyaṁ me

bhinnā prakṛtir aṣṭadhā

Synonyms

bhūmiḥ — earth; āpaḥ — water; analaḥ — fire; vāyuḥ — air; kham — ether; manaḥ — mind; buddhiḥ — intelligence; eva — certainly; ca — and; ahaṅkāraḥ — false ego; iti — thus; iyam — all these; me — My; bhinnā — separated; prakṛtiḥ — energies; aṣṭadhā — eightfold.

Translation

Earth, water, fire, air, ether, mind, intelligence and false ego – all together these eight constitute My separated material energies.

Bg. 7.5

अपरेयमितस्त्वन्यां प्रकृतिं विद्धि मे पराम् ।

जीवभूतां महाबाहो ययेदं धार्यते जगत् ॥ ५ ॥

apareyam itas tv anyāṁ

prakṛtiṁ viddhi me parām

jīva-bhūtāṁ mahā-bāho

yayedaṁ dhāryate jagat

Synonyms

aparā — inferior; iyam — this; itaḥ — besides this; tu — but; anyām — another; prakṛtim — energy; viddhi — just try to understand; me — My; parām — superior; jīva-bhūtām — comprising the living entities; mahā-bāho — O mighty-armed one; yayā — by whom; idam — this; dhāryate — is utilized or exploited; jagat — the material world.

Translation

Besides these, O mighty-armed Arjuna, there is another, superior energy of Mine, which comprises the living entities who are exploiting the resources of this material, inferior nature.

Bg. 7.8

रसोऽहमप्सु कौन्तेय प्रभास्मि शशिसूर्ययो: ।

प्रणव: सर्ववेदेषु शब्द: खे पौरुषं नृषु ॥ ८ ॥

raso ’ham apsu kaunteya

prabhāsmi śaśi-sūryayoḥ

praṇavaḥ sarva-vedeṣu

śabdaḥ khe pauruṣaṁ nṛṣu

Synonyms

rasaḥ — taste; aham — I; apsu — in water; kaunteya — O son of Kuntī; prabhā — the light; asmi — I am; śaśi-sūryayoḥ — of the moon and the sun; praṇavaḥ — the three letters a-u-m; sarva — in all; vedeṣu — the Vedas; śabdaḥ — sound vibration; khe — in the ether; pauruṣam — ability; nṛṣu — in men.

Translation

O son of Kuntī, I am the taste of water, the light of the sun and the moon, the syllable oṁ in the Vedic mantras; I am the sound in ether and ability in man.

Bg. 7.14

दैवी ह्येषा गुणमयी मम माया दुरत्यया ।

मामेव ये प्रपद्यन्ते मायामेतां तरन्ति ते ॥ १४ ॥

daivī hy eṣā guṇa-mayī

mama māyā duratyayā

mām eva ye prapadyante

māyām etāṁ taranti te

Synonyms

daivī — transcendental; hi — certainly; eṣā — this; guṇa-mayī — consisting of the three modes of material nature; mama — My; māyā — energy; duratyayā — very difficult to overcome; mām — unto Me; eva — certainly; ye — those who; prapadyante — surrender; māyām etām — this illusory energy; taranti — overcome; te — they.

Translation

This divine energy of Mine, consisting of the three modes of material nature, is difficult to overcome. But those who have surrendered unto Me can easily cross beyond it.

Bg. 7.15

न मां दुष्कृतिनो मूढा: प्रपद्यन्ते नराधमा: ।

माययापहृतज्ञाना आसुरं भावमाश्रिता: ॥ १५ ॥

na māṁ duṣkṛtino mūḍhāḥ

prapadyante narādhamāḥ

māyayāpahṛta-jñānā

āsuraṁ bhāvam āśritāḥ

Synonyms

na — not; mām — unto Me; duṣkṛtinaḥ — miscreants; mūḍhāḥ — foolish; prapadyante — surrender; nara-adhamāḥ — lowest among mankind; māyayā — by the illusory energy; apahṛta — stolen; jñānāḥ — whose knowledge; āsuram — demonic; bhāvam — nature; āśritāḥ — accepting.

Translation

Those miscreants who are grossly foolish, who are lowest among mankind, whose knowledge is stolen by illusion, and who partake of the atheistic nature of demons do not surrender unto Me.

Bg. 7.16

चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जना: सुकृतिनोऽर्जुन ।

आर्तो जिज्ञासुरर्थार्थी ज्ञानी च भरतर्षभ ॥ १६ ॥

catur-vidhā bhajante māṁ

janāḥ su-kṛtino ’rjuna

ārto jijñāsur arthārthī

jñānī ca bharatarṣabha

Synonyms

catuḥ-vidhāḥ — four kinds of; bhajante — render services; mām — unto Me; janāḥ — persons; su-kṛtinaḥ — those who are pious; arjuna — O Arjuna; ārtaḥ — the distressed; jijñāsuḥ — the inquisitive; artha-arthī — one who desires material gain; jñānī — one who knows things as they are; ca — also; bharata-ṛṣabha — O great one amongst the descendants of Bharata.

Translation

O best among the Bhāratas, four kinds of pious men begin to render devotional service unto Me – the distressed, the desirer of wealth, the inquisitive, and he who is searching for knowledge of the Absolute.

Bg. 7.19

बहूनां जन्मनामन्ते ज्ञानवान्मां प्रपद्यते ।

वासुदेव: सर्वमिति स महात्मा सुदुर्लभ: ॥ १९ ॥

bahūnāṁ janmanām ante

jñānavān māṁ prapadyate

vāsudevaḥ sarvam iti

sa mahātmā su-durlabhaḥ

Synonyms

bahūnām — many; janmanām — repeated births and deaths; ante — after; jñāna-vān — one who is in full knowledge; mām — unto Me; prapadyate — surrenders; vāsudevaḥ — the Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa; sarvam — everything; iti — thus; saḥ — that; mahā-ātmā — great soul; su-durlabhaḥ — very rare to see.

Translation

After many births and deaths, he who is actually in knowledge surrenders unto Me, knowing Me to be the cause of all causes and all that is. Such a great soul is very rare.

Bg. 7.25

नाहं प्रकाश: सर्वस्य योगमायासमावृत: ।

मूढोऽयं नाभिजानाति लोको मामजमव्ययम् ॥ २५ ॥

nāhaṁ prakāśaḥ sarvasya

yoga-māyā-samāvṛtaḥ

mūḍho ’yaṁ nābhijānāti

loko mām ajam avyayam

Synonyms

na — nor; aham — I; prakāśaḥ — manifest; sarvasya — to everyone; yoga-māyā — by internal potency; samāvṛtaḥ — covered; mūḍhaḥ — foolish; ayam — these; na — not; abhijānāti — can understand; lokaḥ — persons; mām — Me; ajam — unborn; avyayam — inexhaustible.

Translation

I am never manifest to the foolish and unintelligent. For them I am covered by My internal potency, and therefore they do not know that I am unborn and infallible.

BG 7.26

vedaham samatitani

vartamanani carjuna

bhavisyani ca bhutani

mam tu veda na kascana

SYNONYMS

veda — know; aham — I; samatitani — completely past; vartamanani — present; ca — and; arjuna — O Arjuna; bhavisyani — future; ca — also; bhutani — all living entities; mam — Me; tu — but; veda — knows; na — not; kascana — anyone.

TRANSLATION

O Arjuna, as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, I know everything that has happened in the past, all that is happening in the present, and all things that are yet to come. I also know all living entities; but Me no one knows.

BG 7.28

yeṣāṁ tv anta-gataṁ pāpaṁ

janānāṁ puṇya-karmaṇām 

te dvandva-moha-nirmuktā

bhajante māṁ dṛḍha-vratāḥ

SYNONYMS

yeṣām — whose; tu — but; anta-gatam — completely eradicated; pāpam — sin; janānām — of the persons; puṇya — pious; karmaṇām — whose previous activities; te — they; dvandva — of duality; moha — delusion; nirmuktāḥ — free from; bhajante — engage in devotional service; mām — to Me; dṛḍha-vratāḥ — with determination.

TRANSLATION

Persons who have acted piously in previous lives and in this life and whose sinful actions are completely eradicated are freed from the dualities of delusion, and they engage themselves in My service with determination.

BG 8.5

अन्तकाले च मामेव स्मरन्मुक्त्वा कलेवरम् ।
यः प्रयाति स मद्भावं याति नास्त्यत्र संशयः ॥५॥

anta-kāle ca mām eva
smaran muktvā kalevaram
yaḥ prayāti sa mad-bhāvaṁ
yāti nāsty atra saṁśayaḥ

SYNONYMS

anta-kāle—at the end of life; ca—also; mām—Me; eva—certainly; smaran—remembering; muktvā—quitting; kalevaram—the body; yaḥ—he who; prayāti—goes; saḥ—he; mat-bhāvam—My nature; yāti—achieves; na—not; asti—there is; atra—here; saṁśayaḥ—doubt.

TRANSLATION
And whoever, at the end of his life, quits his body remembering Me alone at once attains My nature. Of this there is no doubt.

BG 8.6
यं यं वापि स्मरन्भावं त्यजत्यन्ते कलेवरम् ।
तं तमेवैति कौन्तेय सदा तद्भावभावितः ॥६॥

yaṁ yaṁ vāpi smaran bhāvaṁ
tyajaty ante kalevaram
taṁ tam evaiti kaunteya
sadā tad-bhāva-bhāvitaḥ

SYNONYMS
yam yam—whatever; vā api—at all; smaran—remembering; bhāvam—nature; tyajati—gives up; ante—at the end; kalevaram—this body; tam tam—similar; eva—certainly; eti—gets; kaunteya—O son of Kuntī; sadā—always; tat—that; bhāva—state of being; bhāvitaḥ—remembering.

TRANSLATION
Whatever state of being one remembers when he quits his body, O son of Kuntī, that state he will attain without fail.

BG 8.7 

 तस्मात्सर्वेषु कालेषु मामनुस्मर युध्य च । 

 मय्यर्पितमनोबुद्धिर्मामेवैष्यस्यसंशयः ॥७॥ 

 tasmāt sarveṣu kāleṣu
 mām anusmara yudhya ca

 mayy arpita-mano-buddhir

 mām evaiṣyasy asaṁśayaḥ

 SYNONYMS

tasmāt—therefore; sarveṣu—at all; kāleṣu—times; mām—Me; anusmara—go on remembering; yudhya—fight; ca—also; mayi—unto Me; arpita—surrendering; manaḥ—mind; buddhiḥ—intellect; mām—unto Me; eva—surely; eṣyasi—you will attain; asaṁśayaḥ—beyond a doubt.

 TRANSLATION

Therefore, Arjuna, you should always think of Me in the form of Kṛṣṇa and at the same time carry out your prescribed duty of fighting. With your activities dedicated to Me and your mind and intelligence fixed on Me, you will attain Me without doubt.

BG 8.8
अभ्यासयोगयुक्तेन चेतसा नान्यगामिना ।
परमं पुरुषं दिव्यं याति पार्थानुचिन्तयन् ॥८॥

abhyāsa-yoga-yuktena
cetasā nānya-gāminā
paramaṁ puruṣaṁ divyaṁ
yāti pārthānucintayan

SYNONYMS
abhyāsa-yoga—by practice; yuktena—being engaged in meditation; cetasā—by the mind and intelligence; na anya-gāminā—without their being deviated; paramam—the Supreme; puruṣam—Personality of Godhead; divyam—transcendental; yāti—one achieves; pārtha—O son of Pṛthā; anucintayan—constantly thinking of.

TRANSLATION
He who meditates on Me as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, his mind constantly engaged in remembering Me, undeviated from the path, he, O Pārtha, is sure to reach Me.

BG 8.14
अनन्यचेताः सततं यो मां स्मरति नित्यशः ।
तस्याहं सुलभः पार्थ नित्ययुक्तस्य योगिनः ॥१४॥

ananya-cetāḥ satataṁ
yo māṁ smarati nityaśaḥ
tasyāhaṁ sulabhaḥ pārtha
nitya-yuktasya yoginaḥ

SYNONYMS
ananya-cetāḥ—without deviation of the mind; satatam—always; yaḥ—anyone who; mām—Me (Kṛṣṇa); smarati—remembers; nityaśaḥ—regularly; tasya—to him; aham—I am; su-labhaḥ—very easy to achieve; pārtha—O son of Pṛthā; nitya—regularly; yuktasya—engaged; yoginaḥ—for the devotee.

TRANSLATION
For one who always remembers Me without deviation, I am easy to obtain, O son of Pṛthā, because of his constant engagement in devotional service.

Bg. 8.20

परस्तस्मात्तु भावोऽन्योऽव्यक्तोऽव्यक्तात्सनातन: ।

य: स सर्वेषु भूतेषु नश्यत्सु न विनश्यति ॥ २० ॥

paras tasmāt tu bhāvo ’nyo

’vyakto ’vyaktāt sanātanaḥ

yaḥ sa sarveṣu bhūteṣu

naśyatsu na vinaśyati

Synonyms

paraḥ — transcendental; tasmāt — to that; tu — but; bhāvaḥ — nature; anyaḥ — another; avyaktaḥ — unmanifest; avyaktāt — to the unmanifest; sanātanaḥ — eternal; yaḥ saḥ — that which; sarveṣu — all; bhūteṣu — manifestation; naśyatsu — being annihilated; na — never; vinaśyati — is annihilated.

Translation

Yet there is another unmanifest nature, which is eternal and is transcendental to this manifested and unmanifested matter. It is supreme and is never annihilated. When all in this world is annihilated, that part remains as it is.

Bg. 9.1

श्रीभगवानुवाचइदं तु ते गुह्यतमं प्रवक्ष्याम्यनसूयवे ।

ज्ञानं विज्ञानसहितं यज्ज्ञात्वा मोक्ष्यसेऽश‍ुभात् ॥ १ ॥

śrī-bhagavān uvāca

idaṁ tu te guhya-tamaṁ

pravakṣyāmy anasūyave

jñānaṁ vijñāna-sahitaṁ

yaj jñātvā mokṣyase ’śubhāt

Synonyms

śrī-bhagavān uvāca — the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; idam — this; tu — but; te — unto you; guhya-tamam — the most confidential; pravakṣyāmi — I am speaking; anasūyave — to the nonenvious; jñānam — knowledge; vijñāna — realized knowledge; sahitam — with; yat — which; jñātvā — knowing; mokṣyase — you will be released; aśubhāt — from this miserable material existence.

Translation

The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: My dear Arjuna, because you are never envious of Me, I shall impart to you this most confidential knowledge and realization, knowing which you shall be relieved of the miseries of material existence.

Bg. 9.2 

राजविद्या राजगुह्यं पवित्रमिदमुत्तमम् ।

 प्रत्यक्षावगमं धर्म्यं सुसुखं कर्तुमव्ययम् ॥ २ ॥ 

rāja-vidyā rāja-guhyaṁ 

pavitram idam uttamam

 pratyakṣāvagamaṁ dharmyaṁ 

su-sukhaṁ kartum avyayam 

Synonyms 

 rāja-vidyā — the king of education; rāja-guhyam — the king of confidential knowledge; pavitram — the purest; idam — this; uttamam — transcendental; pratyakṣa — by direct experience; avagamam — understood; dharmyam — the principle of religion; su-sukham — very happy; kartum — to execute; avyayam — everlasting.  

Translation 

 This knowledge is the king of education, the most secret of all secrets. It is the purest knowledge, and because it gives direct perception of the self by realization, it is the perfection of religion. It is everlasting, and it is joyfully performed.

Bg. 9.4

मया ततमिदं सर्वं जगदव्यक्तमूर्तिना ।

मत्स्थानि सर्वभूतानि न चाहं तेष्ववस्थित: ॥ ४ ॥

mayā tatam idaṁ sarvaṁ

jagad avyakta-mūrtinā

mat-sthāni sarva-bhūtāni

na cāhaṁ teṣv avasthitaḥ

Synonyms

mayā — by Me; tatam — pervaded; idam — this; sarvam — all; jagat — cosmic manifestation; avyakta-mūrtinā — by the unmanifested form; mat-sthāni — in Me; sarva-bhūtāni — all living entities; na — not; ca — also; aham — I; teṣu — in them; avasthitaḥ — situated.

Translation

By Me, in My unmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded. All beings are in Me, but I am not in them.

Bg. 9.5

न च मत्स्थानि भूतानि पश्य मे योगमैश्वरम् ।

भूतभृन्न च भूतस्थो ममात्मा भूतभावन: ॥ ५ ॥

na ca mat-sthāni bhūtāni

paśya me yogam aiśvaram

bhūta-bhṛn na ca bhūta-stho

mamātmā bhūta-bhāvanaḥ

Synonyms

na — never; ca — also; mat-sthāni — situated in Me; bhūtāni — all creation; paśya — just see; me — My; yogam aiśvaram — inconceivable mystic power; bhūta-bhṛt — the maintainer of all living entities; na — never; ca — also; bhūta-sthaḥ — in the cosmic manifestation; mama — My; ātmā — Self; bhūta-bhāvanaḥ — the source of all manifestations.

Translation

And yet everything that is created does not rest in Me. Behold My mystic opulence! Although I am the maintainer of all living entities and although I am everywhere, I am not a part of this cosmic manifestation, for My Self is the very source of creation.

Bg. 9.10

मयाध्यक्षेण प्रकृति: सूयते सचराचरम् ।

हेतुनानेन कौन्तेय जगद्विपरिवर्तते ॥ १० ॥

mayādhyakṣeṇa prakṛtiḥ

sūyate sa-carācaram

hetunānena kaunteya

jagad viparivartate

Synonyms

mayā — by Me; adhyakṣeṇa — by superintendence; prakṛtiḥ — material nature; sūyate — manifests; sa — both; cara-acaram — the moving and the nonmoving; hetunā — for the reason; anena — this; kaunteya — O son of Kuntī; jagat — the cosmic manifestation; viparivartate — is working.

Translation

This material nature, which is one of My energies, is working under My direction, O son of Kuntī, producing all moving and nonmoving beings. Under its rule this manifestation is created and annihilated again and again.

Bg. 9.11

अवजानन्ति मां मूढा मानुषीं तनुमाश्रितम् ।

परं भावमजानन्तो मम भूतमहेश्वरम् ॥ ११ ॥

avajānanti māṁ mūḍhā

mānuṣīṁ tanum āśritam

paraṁ bhāvam ajānanto

mama bhūta-maheśvaram

Synonyms

avajānanti — deride; mām — Me; mūḍhāḥ — foolish men; mānuṣīm — in a human form; tanum — a body; āśritam — assuming; param — transcendental; bhāvam — nature; ajānantaḥ — not knowing; mama — My; bhūta — of everything that be; mahā-īśvaram — the supreme proprietor.

Translation

Fools deride Me when I descend in the human form. They do not know My transcendental nature as the Supreme Lord of all that be.

Bg. 9.13
महात्मानस्तु मां पार्थ दैवीं प्रकृतिमाश्रिता: ।
भजन्त्यनन्यमनसो ज्ञात्वा भूतादिमव्ययम् ॥ १३ ॥

mahātmānas tu māṁ pārtha
daivīṁ prakṛtim āśritāḥ
bhajanty ananya-manaso
jñātvā bhūtādim avyayam

Synonyms
mahā-ātmānaḥ — the great souls; tu — but; mām — unto Me; pārtha — O son of Pṛthā; daivīm — divine; prakṛtim — nature; āśritāḥ — having taken shelter of; bhajanti — render service; ananya-manasaḥ — without deviation of the mind; jñātvā — knowing; bhūta — of creation; ādim — the origin; avyayam — inexhaustible.

Translation
O son of Pṛthā, those who are not deluded, the great souls, are under the protection of the divine nature. They are fully engaged in devotional service because they know Me as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, original and inexhaustible.

Bg. 9.14

satataṁ kīrtayanto māṁ

yatantaś ca dṛḍha-vratāḥ

namasyantaś ca māṁ bhaktyā

nitya-yuktā upāsate

Synonyms

satatam — always; kīrtayantaḥ — chanting; mām — about Me; yatantaḥ — fully endeavoring; ca — also; dṛḍha-vratāḥ — with determination; namasyantaḥ — offering obeisances; ca — and; mām — Me; bhaktyā — in devotion; nitya-yuktāḥ — perpetually engaged; upāsate — worship.

Translation

Always chanting My glories, endeavoring with great determination, bowing down before Me, these great souls perpetually worship Me with devotion.

Bg 9.22

ananyāś cintayanto māṁ

 ye janāḥ paryupāsate

 teṣāṁ nityābhiyuktānāṁ

 yoga-kṣemaṁ vahāmy aham

Synonyms

 ananyāḥ — having no other object; cintayantaḥ — concentrating; mām — on Me; ye — those who; janāḥ — persons; paryupāsate — properly worship; teṣām — of them; nitya — always; abhiyuktānām — fixed in devotion; yoga — requirements; kṣemam — protection; vahāmi — carry; aham — I. 

 Translation 

But those who always worship Me with exclusive devotion, meditating on My transcendental form – to them I carry what they lack, and I preserve what they have.

ananyas_cintayanto_mam..._cited

Bg. 9.27

यत्करोषि यदश्न‍ासि यज्ज‍ुहोषि ददासि यत् ।

यत्तपस्यसि कौन्तेय तत्कुरुष्व मदर्पणम् ॥ २७ ॥

yat karoṣi yad aśnāsi

yaj juhoṣi dadāsi yat

yat tapasyasi kaunteya

tat kuruṣva mad-arpaṇam

Synonyms

yat — whatever; karoṣi — you do; yat — whatever; aśnāsi — you eat; yat — whatever; juhoṣi — you offer; dadāsi — you give away; yat — whatever; yat — whatever; tapasyasi — austerities you perform; kaunteya — O son of Kuntī; tat — that; kuruṣva — do; mat — unto Me; arpaṇam — as an offering.

Translation

Whatever you do, whatever you eat, whatever you offer or give away, and whatever austerities you perform – do that, O son of Kuntī, as an offering to Me.

Bg 9.29

samo ’haṁ sarva-bhūteṣu

na me dveṣyo ’sti na priyaḥ

ye bhajanti tu māṁ bhaktyā

mayi te teṣu cāpy aham

Synonyms

samsaḥ — equally disposed; aham — I; sarva-bhūteṣu — to all living entities; na — no one; me — to Me; dveṣyaḥ — hateful; asti — is; na — nor; priyaḥ — dear; ye — those who; bhajanti — render transcendental service; tu — but; mām — unto Me; bhaktyā — in devotion; mayi — are in Me; te — such persons; teṣu — in them; ca — also; api — certainly; aham — I.

Translation

I envy no one, nor am I partial to anyone. I am equal to all. But whoever renders service unto Me in devotion is a friend, is in Me, and I am also a friend to him.

Bg 9.30

अपि चेत्सुदुराचारो भजते मामनन्यभाक् ।

साधुरेव स मन्तव्य: सम्यग्व्यवसितो हि स: ॥ ३० ॥

api cet su-durācāro

bhajate mām ananya-bhāk

sādhur eva sa mantavyaḥ

samyag vyavasito hi saḥ

Synonyms

api — even; cet — if; su-durācāraḥ — one committing the most abominable actions; bhajate — is engaged in devotional service; mām — unto Me; ananya-bhāk — without deviation; sādhuḥ — a saint; eva — certainly; saḥ — he; mantavyaḥ — is to be considered; samyak — completely; vyavasitaḥ — situated in determination; hi — certainly; saḥ — he.

Translation

Even if one commits the most abominable action, if he is engaged in devotional service he is to be considered saintly because he is properly situated in his determination.

Bg. 9.34 

मन्मना भव मद्भ‍क्तो मद्याजी मां नमस्कुरु । 

मामेवैष्यसि युक्त्वैवमात्मानं मत्परायण: ॥ ३४ ॥ 

man-manā bhava mad-bhakto 

mad-yājī māṁ namaskuru 

mām evaiṣyasi yuktvaivam 

ātmānaṁ mat-parāyaṇaḥ 

Synonyms 

 mat-manāḥ — always thinking of Me; bhava — become; mat — My; bhaktaḥ — devotee; mat — My; yājī — worshiper; mām — unto Me; namas-kuru — offer obeisances; mām — unto Me; eva — completely; eṣyasi — you will come; yuktvā — being absorbed; evam — thus; ātmānam — your soul; mat-parāyaṇaḥ — devoted to Me.  

Translation 

 Engage your mind always in thinking of Me, become My devotee, offer obeisances to Me and worship Me. Being completely absorbed in Me, surely you will come to Me.

The Catur Sloki of Bhagavad-gita

The first verse is the paribhasa sutra of Bhagavad-gita

Bg 10.8

अहं सर्वस्य प्रभवो मत्त: सर्वं प्रवर्तते ।

इति मत्वा भजन्ते मां बुधा भावसमन्विता: ॥ ८ ॥

ahaṁ sarvasya prabhavo

mattaḥ sarvaṁ pravartate

iti matvā bhajante māṁ

budhā bhāva-samanvitāḥ

Synonyms

aham — I; sarvasya — of all; prabhavaḥ — the source of generation; mattaḥ — from Me; sarvam — everything; pravartate — emanates; iti — thus; matvā — knowing; bhajante — become devoted; mām — unto Me; budhāḥ — the learned; bhāva-samanvitāḥ — with great attention.

Translation

I am the source of all spiritual and material worlds. Everything emanates from Me. The wise who perfectly know this engage in My devotional service and worship Me with all their hearts.

Bg 10.9

मच्च‍ित्ता मद्ग‍तप्राणा बोधयन्त: परस्परम् ।

कथयन्तश्च मां नित्यं तुष्यन्ति च रमन्ति च ॥ ९ ॥

mac-cittā mad-gata-prāṇā

bodhayantaḥ parasparam

kathayantaś ca māṁ nityaṁ

tuṣyanti ca ramanti ca

Synonyms

mat-cittāḥ — their minds fully engaged in Me; mat-gata-prāṇāḥ — their lives devoted to Me; bodhayantaḥ — preaching; parasparam — among themselves; kathayantaḥ — talking; ca — also; mām — about Me; nityam — perpetually; tuṣyanti — become pleased; ca — also; ramanti — enjoy transcendental bliss; ca — also.

Translation

The thoughts of My pure devotees dwell in Me, their lives are fully devoted to My service, and they derive great satisfaction and bliss from always enlightening one another and conversing about Me.Bg. 

Bg 10.10

तेषां सततयुक्तानां भजतां प्रीतिपूर्वकम् ।

ददामि बुद्धियोगं तं येन मामुपयान्ति ते ॥ १० ॥

teṣāṁ satata-yuktānāṁ

bhajatāṁ prīti-pūrvakam

dadāmi buddhi-yogaṁ taṁ

yena mām upayānti te

Synonyms

teṣām — unto them; satata-yuktānām — always engaged; bhajatām — in rendering devotional service; prīti-pūrvakam — in loving ecstasy; dadāmi — I give; buddhi-yogam — real intelligence; tam — that; yena — by which; mām — unto Me; upayānti — come; te — they.

Translation

To those who are constantly devoted to serving Me with love, I give the understanding by which they can come to Me.

Bg 10.11

तेषामेवानुकम्पार्थमहमज्ञानजं तम: ।

नाशयाम्यात्मभावस्थो ज्ञानदीपेन भास्वता ॥ ११ ॥

teṣām evānukampārtham

aham ajñāna-jaṁ tamaḥ

nāśayāmy ātma-bhāva-stho

jñāna-dīpena bhāsvatā

Synonyms

teṣām — for them; eva — certainly; anukampā-artham — to show special mercy; aham — I; ajñāna-jam — due to ignorance; tamaḥ — darkness; nāśayāmi — dispel; ātma-bhāva — within their hearts; sthaḥ — situated; jñāna — of knowledge; dīpena — with the lamp; bhāsvatā — glowing.

Translation

To show them special mercy, I, dwelling in their hearts, destroy with the shining lamp of knowledge the darkness born of ignorance.

Bg. 10.12-13

अर्जुन उवाचपरं ब्रह्म परं धाम पवित्रं परमं भवान् ।

पुरुषं शाश्वतं दिव्यमादिदेवमजं विभुम् ॥ १२ ॥

आहुस्त्वामृषय: सर्वे देवर्षिर्नारदस्तथा ।

असितो देवलो व्यास: स्वयं चैव ब्रवीषि मे ॥ १३ ॥

arjuna uvāca

paraṁ brahma paraṁ dhāma

pavitraṁ paramaṁ bhavān

puruṣaṁ śāśvataṁ divyam

ādi-devam ajaṁ vibhum

āhus tvām ṛṣayaḥ sarve

devarṣir nāradas tathā

asito devalo vyāsaḥ

svayaṁ caiva bravīṣi me

Synonyms

arjunaḥ uvāca — Arjuna said; param — supreme; brahma — truth; param — supreme; dhāma — sustenance; pavitram — pure; paramam — supreme; bhavān — You; puruṣam — personality; śāśvatam — eternal; divyam — transcendental; ādi-devam — the original Lord; ajam — unborn; vibhum — greatest; āhuḥ — say; tvām — of You; ṛṣayaḥ — sages; sarve — all; deva-ṛṣiḥ — the sage among the demigods; nāradaḥ — Nārada; tathā — also; asitaḥ — Asita; devalaḥ — Devala; vyāsaḥ — Vyāsa; svayam — personally; ca — also; eva — certainly; bravīṣi — You are explaining; me — unto me.

Translation

Arjuna said: You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the ultimate abode, the purest, the Absolute Truth. You are the eternal, transcendental, original person, the unborn, the greatest. All the great sages such as Nārada, Asita, Devala and Vyāsa confirm this truth about You, and now You Yourself are declaring it to me.

Bg. 10.25

महर्षीणां भृगुरहं गिरामस्म्येकमक्षरम् ।

यज्ञानां जपयज्ञोऽस्मि स्थावराणां हिमालय: ॥ २५ ॥

maharṣīṇāṁ bhṛgur ahaṁ

girām asmy ekam akṣaram

yajñānāṁ japa-yajño ’smi

sthāvarāṇāṁ himālayaḥ

Synonyms

mahā-ṛṣīṇām — among the great sages; bhṛguḥ — Bhṛgu; aham — I am; girām — of vibrations; asmi — I am; ekam akṣaram — praṇava; yajñānām — of sacrifices; japa-yajñaḥ — chanting; asmi — I am; sthāvarāṇām — of immovable things; himālayaḥ — the Himālayan mountains.

Translation

Of the great sages I am Bhṛgu; of vibrations I am the transcendental oṁ. Of sacrifices I am the chanting of the holy names [japa], and of immovable things I am the Himālayas.

Bg 10.42

अथवा बहुनैतेन किं ज्ञातेन तवार्जुन ।

 विष्टभ्याहमिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् ॥ ४२ ॥ 

atha vā bahunaitena 

kiṁ jñātena tavārjuna 

viṣṭabhyāham idaṁ kṛtsnam 

ekāṁśena sthito jagat 

Synonyms  

atha vā — or; bahunā — many; etena — by this kind; kim — what; jñātena — by knowing; tava — your; arjuna — O Arjuna; viṣṭabhya — pervading; aham — I; idam — this; kṛtsnam — entire; eka — by one; aṁśena — part; sthitaḥ — am situated; jagat — universe.  

Translation  

But what need is there, Arjuna, for all this detailed knowledge? With a single fragment of Myself I pervade and support this entire universe.

The Essence of Bhagavad-gita:

Bg 11.55

mat-karma-kṛn mat-paramo

mad-bhaktaḥ saṅga-varjitaḥ

nirvairaḥ sarva-bhūteṣu

yaḥ sa mām eti pāṇḍava

SYNONYMS

mat-karma-kṛt — engaged in doing My work; mat-paramaḥ — considering Me the Supreme; mat-bhaktaḥ — engaged in My devotional service; saṅga-varjitaḥ — freed from the contamination of fruitive activities and mental speculation; nirvairaḥ — without an enemy; sarva-bhūteṣu — among all living entities; yaḥ — one who; saḥ — he; mām — unto Me; eti — comes; pāṇḍava — O son of Pāṇḍu.

TRANSLATION

My dear Arjuna, he who engages in My pure devotional service, free from the contaminations of fruitive activities and mental speculation, he who works for Me, who makes Me the supreme goal of his life, and who is friendly to every living being – he certainly comes to Me.

PURPORT

Anyone who wants to approach the supreme of all the Personalities of Godhead, on the Kṛṣṇaloka planet in the spiritual sky, and be intimately connected with the Supreme Personality, Kṛṣṇa, must take this formula, as stated by the Supreme Himself. Therefore, this verse is considered to be the essence of Bhagavad-gītā. [...]

Bg 12.17

yo na hṛṣyati na dveṣṭi

na śocati na kāṅkṣati

śubhāśubha-parityāgī

bhaktimān yaḥ sa me priyaḥ

SYNONYMS

yaḥ — one who; na — never; hṛṣyati — takes pleasure; na — never; dveṣṭi — grieves; na — never; śocati — laments; na — never; kāṅkṣati — desires; śubha — of the auspicious; aśubha — and the inauspicious; parityāgī — renouncer; bhakti-mān — devotee; yaḥ — one who; saḥ — he is; me — to Me; priyaḥ — dear.

TRANSLATION

One who neither rejoices nor grieves, who neither laments nor desires, and who renounces both auspicious and inauspicious things – such a devotee is very dear to Me.

Bg. 13.8-12

अमानित्वमदम्भित्वमहिंसा क्षान्तिरार्जवम् ।

आचार्योपासनं शौचं स्थैर्यमात्मविनिग्रह: ॥ ८ ॥

इन्द्रियार्थेषु वैराग्यमनहङ्कार एव च ।

जन्ममृत्युजराव्याधिदु:खदोषानुदर्शनम् ॥ ९ ॥

असक्तिरनभिष्वङ्ग: पुत्रदारगृहादिषु ।

नित्यं च समचित्तत्वमिष्टानिष्टोपपत्तिषु ॥ १० ॥

मयि चानन्ययोगेन भक्तिरव्यभिचारिणी ।

विविक्तदेशसेवित्वमरतिर्जनसंसदि ॥ ११ ॥

अध्यात्मज्ञाननित्यत्वं तत्त्वज्ञानार्थदर्शनम् ।

एतज्ज्ञानमिति प्रोक्तमज्ञानं यदतोऽन्यथा ॥ १२ ॥

amānitvam adambhitvam

ahiṁsā kṣāntir ārjavam

ācāryopāsanaṁ śaucaṁ

sthairyam ātma-vinigrah

aḥindriyārtheṣu vairāgyam

anahaṅkāra eva ca

janma-mṛtyu-jarā-vyādhi-

duḥkha-doṣānudarśanam

asaktir anabhiṣvaṅgaḥ

putra-dāra-gṛhādiṣu

nityaṁ ca sama-cittatvam

iṣṭāniṣṭopapattiṣu

mayi cānanya-yogena

bhaktir avyabhicāriṇī

vivikta-deśa-sevitvam

aratir jana-saṁsadi

adhyātma-jñāna-nityatvaṁ

tattva-jñānārtha-darśanam

etaj jñānam iti proktam

ajñānaṁ yad ato ’nyathā

Synonyms

amānitvam — humility; adambhitvam — pridelessness; ahiṁsā — nonviolence; kṣāntiḥ — tolerance; ārjavam — simplicity; ācārya-upāsanam — approaching a bona fide spiritual master; śaucam — cleanliness; sthairyam — steadfastness; ātma-vinigrahaḥ — self-control; indriya-artheṣu — in the matter of the senses; vairāgyam — renunciation; anahaṅkāraḥ — being without false egoism; eva — certainly; ca — also; janma — of birth; mṛtyu — death; jarā — old age; vyādhi — and disease; duḥkha — of the distress; doṣa — the fault; anudarśanam — observing; asaktiḥ — being without attachment; anabhiṣvaṅgaḥ — being without association; putra — for son; dāra — wife; gṛha-ādiṣu — home, etc.; nityam — constant; ca — also; sama-cittatvam — equilibrium; iṣṭa — the desirable; aniṣṭa — and undesirable; upapattiṣu — having obtained; mayi — unto Me; ca — also; ananya-yogena — by unalloyed devotional service; bhaktiḥ — devotion; avyabhicāriṇī — without any break; vivikta — to solitary; deśa — places; sevitvam — aspiring; aratiḥ — being without attachment; jana-saṁsadi — to people in general; adhyātma — pertaining to the self; jñāna — in knowledge; nityatvam — constancy; tattva-jñāna — of knowledge of the truth; artha — for the object; darśanam — philosophy; etat — all this; jñānam — knowledge; iti — thus; proktam — declared; ajñānam — ignorance; yat — that which; ataḥ — from this; anyathā — other.

Translation

Humility; pridelessness; nonviolence; tolerance; simplicity; approaching a bona fide spiritual master; cleanliness; steadiness; self-control; renunciation of the objects of sense gratification; absence of false ego; the perception of the evil of birth, death, old age and disease; detachment; freedom from entanglement with children, wife, home and the rest; even-mindedness amid pleasant and unpleasant events; constant and unalloyed devotion to Me; aspiring to live in a solitary place; detachment from the general mass of people; accepting the importance of self-realization; and philosophical search for the Absolute Truth – all these I declare to be knowledge, and besides this whatever there may be is ignorance.

Bg. 14.4

सर्वयोनिषु कौन्तेय मूर्तय: सम्भवन्ति या: ।

तासां ब्रह्म महद्योनिरहं बीजप्रद: पिता ॥ ४ ॥

sarva-yoniṣu kaunteya

mūrtayaḥ sambhavanti yāḥ

tāsāṁ brahma mahad yonir

ahaṁ bīja-pradaḥ pitā

Synonyms

sarva-yoniṣu — in all species of life; kaunteya — O son of Kuntī; mūrtayaḥ — forms; sambhavanti — they appear; yāḥ — which; tāsām — of all of them; brahma — the supreme; mahat yoniḥ — source of birth in the material substance; aham — I; bīja-pradaḥ — the seed-giving; pitā — father.

Translation

It should be understood that all species of life, O son of Kuntī, are made possible by birth in this material nature, and that I am the seed-giving father.

Bg. 14.26

मां च योऽव्यभिचारेण भक्तियोगेन सेवते ।

स गुणान्समतीत्यैतान्ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते ॥ २६ ॥

māṁ ca yo ’vyabhicāreṇa

bhakti-yogena sevate

sa guṇān samatītyaitān

brahma-bhūyāya kalpate

Synonyms

mām — unto Me; ca — also; yaḥ — a person who; avyabhicāreṇa — without fail; bhakti-yogena — by devotional service; sevate — renders service; saḥ — he; guṇān — the modes of material nature; samatītya — transcending; etān — all these; brahma-bhūyāya — elevated to the Brahman platform; kalpate — becomes.

Translation

One who engages in full devotional service, unfailing in all circumstances, at once transcends the modes of material nature and thus comes to the level of Brahman.

Bg. 14.27

ब्रह्मणो हि प्रतिष्ठाहममृतस्याव्ययस्य च ।

शाश्वतस्य च धर्मस्य सुखस्यैकान्तिकस्य च ॥ २७ ॥

brahmaṇo hi pratiṣṭhāham

amṛtasyāvyayasya ca

śāśvatasya ca dharmasya

sukhasyaikāntikasya ca

Synonyms

brahmaṇaḥ — of the impersonal brahma-jyotir; hi — certainly; pratiṣṭhā — the rest; aham — I am; amṛtasya — of the immortal; avyayasya — of the imperishable; ca — also; śāśvatasya — of the eternal; ca — and; dharmasya — of the constitutional position; sukhasya — of happiness; aikāntikasya — ultimate; ca — also.

Translation

And I am the basis of the impersonal Brahman, which is immortal, imperishable and eternal and is the constitutional position of ultimate happiness.

Bg. 15.6

न तद्भ‍ासयते सूर्यो न शशाङ्को न पावक: ।

यद्ग‍त्वा न निवर्तन्ते तद्धाम परमं मम ॥ ६ ॥

na tad bhāsayate sūryo

na śaśāṅko na pāvakaḥ

yad gatvā na nivartante

tad dhāma paramaṁ mama

Synonyms

na — not; tat — that; bhāsayate — illuminates; sūryaḥ — the sun; na — nor; śaśāṅkaḥ — the moon; na — nor; pāvakaḥ — fire, electricity; yat — where; gatvā — going; na — never; nivartante — they come back; tat dhāma — that abode; paramam — supreme; mama — My.

Translation

That supreme abode of Mine is not illumined by the sun or moon, nor by fire or electricity. Those who reach it never return to this material world.

Bg. 15.15

सर्वस्य चाहं हृदि सन्निविष्टोमत्त: स्मृतिर्ज्ञानमपोहनं च ।

वेदैश्च सर्वैरहमेव वेद्योवेदान्तकृद्वेदविदेव चाहम् ॥ १५ ॥

sarvasya cāhaṁ hṛdi sanniviṣṭo

mattaḥ smṛtir jñānam apohanaṁ ca

vedaiś ca sarvair aham eva vedyo

vedānta-kṛd veda-vid eva cāham

Synonyms

sarvasya — of all living beings; ca — and; aham — I; hṛdi — in the heart; sanniviṣṭaḥ — situated; mattaḥ — from Me; smṛtiḥ — remembrance; jñānam — knowledge; apohanam — forgetfulness; ca — and; vedaiḥ — by the Vedas; ca — also; sarvaiḥ — all; aham — I am; eva — certainly; vedyaḥ — knowable; vedānta-kṛt — the compiler of the Vedānta; veda-vit — the knower of the Vedas; eva — certainly; ca — and; aham — I.

Translation

I am seated in everyone’s heart, and from Me come remembrance, knowledge and forgetfulness. By all the Vedas, I am to be known. Indeed, I am the compiler of Vedānta, and I am the knower of the Vedas.

Bg. 17.15

अनुद्वेगकरं वाक्यं सत्यं प्रियहितं च यत् ।

स्वाध्यायाभ्यसनं चैव वाङ्‍मयं तप उच्यते ॥ १५ ॥

anudvega-karaṁ vākyaṁ

satyaṁ priya-hitaṁ ca yat

svādhyāyābhyasanaṁ caiva

vāṅ-mayaṁ tapa ucyate

Synonyms

anudvega-karam — not agitating; vākyam — words; satyam — truthful; priya — dear; hitam — beneficial; ca — also; yat — which; svādhyāya — of Vedic study; abhyasanam — practice; ca — also; eva — certainly; vāk-mayam — of the voice; tapaḥ — austerity; ucyate — is said to be.

Translation

Austerity of speech consists in speaking words that are truthful, pleasing, beneficial, and not agitating to others, and also in regularly reciting Vedic literature.

Bg. 18.14

अधिष्ठानं तथा कर्ता करणं च पृथग्विधम् ।

विविधाश्च पृथक्‍चेष्टा दैवं चैवात्र पञ्चमम् ॥ १४ ॥

adhiṣṭhānaṁ tathā kartā

karaṇaṁ ca pṛthag-vidham

vividhāś ca pṛthak ceṣṭā

daivaṁ caivātra pañcamam

Synonyms

adhiṣṭhānam — the place; tathā — also; kartā — the worker; karaṇam — instruments; ca — and; pṛthak-vidham — of different kinds; vividhāḥ — various; ca — and; pṛthak — separate; ceṣṭāḥ — the endeavors; daivam — the Supreme; ca — also; eva — certainly; atra — here; pañcamam — the fifth.

Translation

The place of action [the body], the performer, the various senses, the many different kinds of endeavor, and ultimately the Supersoul – these are the five factors of action.

Bg. 18.42

शमो दमस्तप: शौचं क्षान्तिरार्जवमेव च ।

ज्ञानं विज्ञानमास्तिक्यं ब्रह्मकर्म स्वभावजम् ॥ ४२ ॥

śamo damas tapaḥ śaucaṁ

kṣāntir ārjavam eva ca

jñānaṁ vijñānam āstikyaṁ

brahma-karma svabhāva-jam

Synonyms

śamaḥ — peacefulness; damaḥ — self-control; tapaḥ — austerity; śaucam — purity; kṣāntiḥ — tolerance; ārjavam — honesty; eva — certainly; ca — and; jñānam — knowledge; vijñānam — wisdom; āstikyam — religiousness; brahma — of a brāhmaṇa; karma — duty; svabhāva-jam — born of his own nature.

Translation

Peacefulness, self-control, austerity, purity, tolerance, honesty, knowledge, wisdom and religiousness – these are the natural qualities by which the brāhmaṇas work.

Bg. 18.43

शौर्यं तेजो धृतिर्दाक्ष्यं युद्धे चाप्यपलायनम् ।

दानमीश्वरभावश्च क्षात्रं कर्म स्वभावजम् ॥ ४३ ॥

śauryaṁ tejo dhṛtir dākṣyaṁ

yuddhe cāpy apalāyanam

dānam īśvara-bhāvaś ca

kṣātraṁ karma svabhāva-jam

Synonyms

śauryam — heroism; tejaḥ — power; dhṛtiḥ — determination; dākṣyam — resourcefulness; yuddhe — in battle; ca — and; api — also; apalāyanam — not fleeing; dānam — generosity; īśvara — of leadership; bhāvaḥ — the nature; ca — and; kṣātram — of a kṣatriya; karma — duty; svabhāva-jam — born of his own nature.

Translation

Heroism, power, determination, resourcefulness, courage in battle, generosity and leadership are the natural qualities of work for the kṣatriyas.

Bg. 18.55

भक्त्य‍ा मामभिजानाति यावान्यश्चास्मि तत्त्वत: ।

ततो मां तत्त्वतो ज्ञात्वा विशते तदनन्तरम् ॥ ५५ ॥

bhaktyā mām abhijānāti

yāvān yaś cāsmi tattvataḥ

tato māṁ tattvato jñātvā

viśate tad-anantaram

Synonyms

bhaktyā — by pure devotional service; mām — Me; abhijānāti — one can know; yāvān — as much as; yaḥ ca asmi — as I am; tattvataḥ — in truth; tataḥ — thereafter; mām — Me; tattvataḥ — in truth; jñātvā — knowing; viśate — he enters; tat-anantaram — thereafter.

Translation

One can understand Me as I am, as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, only by devotional service. And when one is in full consciousness of Me by such devotion, he can enter into the kingdom of God.

Bg. 18.61

ईश्वर: सर्वभूतानां हृद्देशेऽर्जुन तिष्ठति ।

भ्रामयन्सर्वभूतानि यन्‍त्रारूढानि मायया ॥ ६१ ॥

īśvaraḥ sarva-bhūtānāṁ

hṛd-deśe ’rjuna tiṣṭhati

bhrāmayan sarva-bhūtāni

yantrārūḍhāni māyayā

Synonyms

īśvaraḥ — the Supreme Lord; sarva-bhūtānām — of all living entities; hṛt-deśe — in the location of the heart; arjuna — O Arjuna; tiṣṭhati — resides; bhrāmayan — causing to travel; sarva-bhūtāni — all living entities; yantra — on a machine; ārūḍhani — being placed; māyayā — under the spell of material energy.

Translation

The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone’s heart, O Arjuna, and is directing the wanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a machine, made of the material energy.

Bg. 18.64

सर्वगुह्यतमं भूय: श‍ृणु मे परमं वच: ।

इष्टोऽसि मे दृढमिति ततो वक्ष्यामि ते हितम् ॥ ६४ ॥

sarva-guhyatamaṁ bhūyaḥ

śṛṇu me paramaṁ vacaḥ

iṣṭo ’si me dṛḍham iti

tato vakṣyāmi te hitam

Synonyms

sarva-guhya-tamam — the most confidential of all; bhūyaḥ — again; śṛṇu — just hear; me — from Me; paramam — the supreme; vacaḥ — instruction; iṣṭaḥ asi — you are dear; me — to Me; dṛḍham — very; iti — thus; tataḥ — therefore; vakṣyāmi — I am speaking; te — for your; hitam — benefit.

Translation

Because you are My very dear friend, I am speaking to you My supreme instruction, the most confidential knowledge of all. Hear this from Me, for it is for your benefit.

According to some this can also (Bg 10.8) be considered the paribhava sutra of Bhagavad-gita

Bg. 18.65

मन्मना भव मद्भ‍क्तो मद्याजी मां नमस्कुरु ।

मामेवैष्यसि सत्यं ते प्रतिजाने प्रियोऽसि मे ॥ ६५ ॥

man-manā bhava mad-bhakto

mad-yājī māṁ namaskuru

mām evaiṣyasi satyaṁ te

pratijāne priyo ’si me

Synonyms

mat-manāḥ — thinking of Me; bhava — just become; mat-bhaktaḥ — My devotee; mat-yājī — My worshiper; mām — unto Me; namaskuru — offer your obeisances; mām — unto Me; eva — certainly; eṣyasi — you will come; satyam — truly; te — to you; pratijāne — I promise; priyaḥ — dear; asi — you are; me — to Me.

Translation

Always think of Me, become My devotee, worship Me and offer your homage unto Me. Thus you will come to Me without fail. I promise you this because you are My very dear friend.

Bg. 18.78

यत्र योगेश्वर: कृष्णो यत्र पार्थो धनुर्धर: ।

तत्र श्रीर्विजयो भूतिर्ध्रुवा नीतिर्मतिर्मम ॥ ७८ ॥

yatra yogeśvaraḥ kṛṣṇo

yatra pārtho dhanur-dharaḥ

tatra śrīr vijayo bhūtir

dhruvā nītir matir mama

Synonyms

yatra — where; yoga-īśvaraḥ — the master of mysticism; kṛṣṇaḥ — Lord Kṛṣṇa; yatra — where; pārthaḥ — the son of Pṛthā; dhanuḥ-dharaḥ — the carrier of the bow and arrow; tatra — there; śrīḥ — opulence; vijayaḥ — victory; bhūtiḥ — exceptional power; dhruvā — certain; nītiḥ — morality; matiḥ mama — my opinion.

Translation

Wherever there is Kṛṣṇa, the master of all mystics, and wherever there is Arjuna, the supreme archer, there will also certainly be opulence, victory, extraordinary power, and morality. That is my opinion.

ŚB 1.1.1

ॐ नमो भगवते वासुदेवाय

जन्माद्यस्य यतोऽन्वयादितरतश्चार्थेष्वभिज्ञ: स्वराट्

तेने ब्रह्म हृदा य आदिकवये मुह्यन्ति यत्सूरय: ।

तेजोवारिमृदां यथा विनिमयो यत्र त्रिसर्गोऽमृषा

धाम्ना स्वेन सदा निरस्तकुहकं सत्यं परं धीमहि ॥ १ ॥

oṁ namo bhagavate vāsudevāya

janmādy asya yato ’nvayād itarataś cārtheṣv abhijñaḥ svarāṭ

tene brahma hṛdā ya ādi-kavaye muhyanti yat sūrayaḥ

tejo-vāri-mṛdāṁ yathā vinimayo yatra tri-sargo ’mṛṣā

dhāmnā svena sadā nirasta-kuhakaṁ satyaṁ paraṁ dhīmahi

Synonyms

om — O my Lord; namaḥ — offering my obeisances; bhagavate — unto the Personality of Godhead; vāsudevāya — unto Vāsudeva (the son of Vasudeva), or Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the primeval Lord; janma-ādi — creation, sustenance and destruction; asya — of the manifested universes; yataḥ — from whom; anvayāt — directly; itarataḥ — indirectly; ca — and; artheṣu — purposes; abhijñaḥ — fully cognizant; sva-rāṭ — fully independent; tene — imparted; brahma — the Vedic knowledge; hṛdā — consciousness of the heart; yaḥ — one who; ādi-kavaye — unto the original created being; muhyanti — are illusioned; yat — about whom; sūrayaḥ — great sages and demigods; tejaḥ — fire; vāri — water; mṛdām — earth; yathā — as much as; vinimayaḥ — action and reaction; yatra — whereupon; tri-sargaḥ — three modes of creation, creative faculties; amṛṣā — almost factual; dhāmnā — along with all transcendental paraphernalia; svena — self-sufficiently; sadā — always; nirasta — negation by absence; kuhakam — illusion; satyam — truth; param — absolute; dhīmahi — I do meditate upon.

Translation

O my Lord, Śrī Kṛṣṇa, son of Vasudeva, O all-pervading Personality of Godhead, I offer my respectful obeisances unto You. I meditate upon Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa because He is the Absolute Truth and the primeval cause of all causes of the creation, sustenance and destruction of the manifested universes. He is directly and indirectly conscious of all manifestations, and He is independent because there is no other cause beyond Him. It is He only who first imparted the Vedic knowledge unto the heart of Brahmājī, the original living being. By Him even the great sages and demigods are placed into illusion, as one is bewildered by the illusory representations of water seen in fire, or land seen on water. Only because of Him do the material universes, temporarily manifested by the reactions of the three modes of nature, appear factual, although they are unreal. I therefore meditate upon Him, Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, who is eternally existent in the transcendental abode, which is forever free from the illusory representations of the material world. I meditate upon Him, for He is the Absolute Truth.

ŚB 1.1.3 

निगमकल्पतरोर्गलितं फलं 

शुकमुखादमृतद्रवसंयुतम् । 

पिबत भागवतं रसमालयं 

मुहुरहो रसिका भुवि भावुका: ॥ ३ ॥ 

nigama-kalpa-taror galitaṁ phalaṁ 

śuka-mukhād amṛta-drava-saṁyutam

 pibata bhāgavataṁ rasam ālayam 

muhur aho rasikā bhuvi bhāvukāḥ 

Synonyms

  nigama — the Vedic literatures; kalpa-taroḥ — the desire tree; galitam — fully matured; phalam — fruit; śuka — Śrīla Śukadeva Gosvāmī, the original speaker of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; mukhāt — from the lips of; amṛta — nectar; drava — semisolid and soft and therefore easily swallowable; saṁyutam — perfect in all respects; pibata — do relish it; bhāgavatam — the book dealing in the science of the eternal relation with the Lord; rasam — juice (that which is relishable); ālayam — until liberation, or even in a liberated condition; muhuḥ — always; aho — O; rasikāḥ — those who are full in the knowledge of mellows; bhuvi — on the earth; bhāvukāḥ — expert and thoughtful.  

Translation  

O expert and thoughtful men, relish Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, the mature fruit of the desire tree of Vedic literatures. It emanated from the lips of Śrī Śukadeva Gosvāmī. Therefore this fruit has become even more tasteful, although its nectarean juice was already relishable for all, including liberated souls.

SB 1.1.10
prāyeṇālpāyuṣaḥ sabhya

kalāv asmin yuge janāḥ

mandāḥ sumanda-matayo

manda-bhāgyā hy upadrutāḥ

SYNONYMS

prāyeṇa—almost always; alpa—meager; āyuṣaḥ—duration of life; sabhya—member of a learned society; kalau—in this age of Kali (quarrel); asmin—herein; yuge—age; janāḥ—the public; mandāḥ—lazy; sumanda-matayaḥ—misguided; manda-bhāgyāḥ—unlucky; hi—and above all; upadrutāḥ—disturbed.

TRANSLATION

O learned one, in this iron age of Kali men have but short lives. They are quarrelsome, lazy, misguided, unlucky and, above all, always disturbed.

ŚB 1.2.4

नारायणं नमस्कृत्य नरं चैव नरोत्तमम् ।

देवीं सरस्वतीं व्यासं ततो जयमुदीरयेत् ॥ ४ ॥

nārāyaṇaṁ namaskṛtya

naraṁ caiva narottamam

devīṁ sarasvatīṁ vyāsaṁ

tato jayam udīrayet

Synonyms

nārāyaṇam — the Personality of Godhead; namaḥ-kṛtya — after offering respectful obeisances; naram ca eva — and Nārāyaṇa Ṛṣi; nara-uttamam — the supermost human being; devīm — the goddess; sarasvatīm — the mistress of learning; vyāsam — Vyāsadeva; tataḥ — thereafter; jayam — all that is meant for conquering; udīrayet — be announced.

Translation

Before reciting this Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, which is the very means of conquest, one should offer respectful obeisances unto the Personality of Godhead, Nārāyaṇa, unto Nara-nārāyaṇa Ṛṣi, the supermost human being, unto mother Sarasvatī, the goddess of learning, and unto Śrīla Vyāsadeva, the author.

ŚB 1.2.5 

मुनय: साधु पृष्टोऽहं भवद्भ‍िर्लोकमङ्गलम् । 

यत्कृत: कृष्णसम्प्रश्नो येनात्मा सुप्रसीदति ॥ ५ ॥

 munayaḥ sādhu pṛṣṭo ’haṁ 

bhavadbhir loka-maṅgalam

 yat kṛtaḥ kṛṣṇa-sampraśno 

yenātmā suprasīdati 

Synonyms 

 munayaḥ — O sages; sādhu — this is relevant; pṛṣṭaḥ — questioned; aham — myself; bhavadbhiḥ — by all of you; loka — the world; maṅgalam — welfare; yat — because; kṛtaḥ — made; kṛṣṇa — the Personality of Godhead; sampraśnaḥ — relevant question; yena — by which; ātmā — self; suprasīdati — completely pleased.  

Translation  

O sages, I have been justly questioned by you. Your questions are worthy because they relate to Lord Kṛṣṇa and so are of relevance to the world’s welfare. Only questions of this sort are capable of completely satisfying the self.

 SB 1.2.6 

 sa vai puṁsāṁ paro dharmo

 yato bhaktir adhokṣaje

 ahaituky apratihatā

 yayātmā suprasīdati

 SYNONYMS

 saḥ—that; vai—certainly; puṁsām—for mankind; paraḥ—sublime; dharmaḥ—occupation; yataḥ—by which; bhaktiḥ—devotional service; adhokṣaje—unto the Transcendence; ahaitukī—causeless; apratihatā—unbroken; yayā—by which; ātmā—the self; suprasīdati—completely satisfied.

 TRANSLATION

The supreme occupation [dharma] for all humanity is that by which men can attain to loving devotional service unto the transcendent Lord. Such devotional service must be unmotivated and uninterrupted to completely satisfy the self.

ŚB 1.2.8

धर्म: स्वनुष्ठित: पुंसां विष्वक्सेनकथासु य: ।

नोत्पादयेद्यदि रतिं श्रम एव हि केवलम् ॥ ८ ॥

dharmaḥ svanuṣṭhitaḥ puṁsāṁ

viṣvaksena-kathāsu yaḥ

notpādayed yadi ratiṁ

śrama eva hi kevalam

Synonyms

dharmaḥ — occupation; svanuṣṭhitaḥ — executed in terms of one’s own position; puṁsām — of humankind; viṣvaksena — the Personality of Godhead (plenary portion); kathāsu — in the message of; yaḥ — what is; na — not; utpādayet — does produce; yadi — if; ratim — attraction; śramaḥ — useless labor; eva — only; hi — certainly; kevalam — entirely.

Translation

The occupational activities a man performs according to his own position are only so much useless labor if they do not provoke attraction for the message of the Personality of Godhead.

ŚB 1.2.11

वदन्ति तत्तत्त्वविदस्तत्त्वं यज्ज्ञानमद्वयम् ।

ब्रह्मेति परमात्मेति भगवानिति शब्द्यते ॥ ११ ॥

vadanti tat tattva-vidas

tattvaṁ yaj jñānam advayam

brahmeti paramātmeti

bhagavān iti śabdyate

Synonyms

vadanti — they say; tat — that; tattva-vidaḥ — the learned souls; tattvam — the Absolute Truth; yat — which; jñānam — knowledge; advayam — nondual; brahma iti — known as Brahman; paramātmā iti — known as Paramātmā; bhagavān iti — known as Bhagavān; śabdyate — it so sounded.

Translation

Learned transcendentalists who know the Absolute Truth call this nondual substance Brahman, Paramātmā or Bhagavān.

ŚB 1.2.12

तच्छ्रद्दधाना मुनयो ज्ञानवैराग्ययुक्तया ।

पश्यन्त्यात्मनि चात्मानं भक्त्या श्रुतगृहीतया ॥ १२ ॥

tac chraddadhānā munayo

jñāna-vairāgya-yuktayā

paśyanty ātmani cātmānaṁ

bhaktyā śruta-gṛhītayā

Synonyms

tat — that; śraddadhānāḥ — seriously inquisitive; munayaḥ — sages; jñāna — knowledge; vairāgya — detachment; yuktayā — well equipped with; paśyanti — see; ātmani — within himself; ca — and; ātmānam — the Paramātmā; bhaktyā — in devotional service; śruta — the Vedas; gṛhītayā — well received.

Translation

The seriously inquisitive student or sage, well equipped with knowledge and detachment, realizes that Absolute Truth by rendering devotional service in terms of what he has heard from the Vedānta-śruti.

ŚB SB 1.2.14

तस्मादेकेन मनसा भगवान् सात्वतां पति: ।

श्रोतव्य: कीर्तितव्यश्च ध्येय: पूज्यश्च नित्यदा ॥ १४ ॥

tasmād ekena manasā

bhagavān sātvatāṁ patiḥ

śrotavyaḥ kīrtitavyaś ca

dhyeyaḥ pūjyaś ca nityadā

Synonyms

tasmāt — therefore; ekena — by one; manasā — attention of the mind; bhagavān — the Personality of Godhead; sātvatām — of the devotees; patiḥ — protector; śrotavyaḥ — is to be heard; kīrtitavyaḥ — to be glorified; ca — and; dhyeyaḥ — to be remembered; pūjyaḥ — to be worshiped; ca — and; nityadā — constantly.

Translation

Therefore, with one-pointed attention, one should constantly hear about, glorify, remember and worship the Personality of Godhead, who is the protector of the devotees.

SB 1.2.15
yad-anudhyāsinā yuktāḥ
karma-granthi-nibandhanam
chindanti kovidās tasya
ko na kuryāt kathā-ratim

SYNONYMS
yat—which; anudhyā—remembrance; asinā—sword; yuktāḥ—being equipped with; karma—reactionary work; granthi—knot; nibandhanam—interknit; chindanti—cut; kovidāḥ—intelligent; tasya—His; kaḥ—who; na—not; kuryāt—shall do; kathā—messages; ratim—attention.

TRANSLATION
With sword in hand, intelligent men cut through the binding knots of reactionary work [karma] by remembering the Personality of Godhead. Therefore, who will not pay attention to His message?

ALTERNATE TRANSLATION

With sword in hand, intelligent men cut through the labyrinthine knots of reactionary work, or karma, by remembering the Lord. Therefore, who will not pay attention to His message?

From SB 1.2.15  Lecture in Los Angeles, in August 18th 1972 

ŚB 1.2.17

श‍ृण्वतां स्वकथा: कृष्ण: पुण्यश्रवणकीर्तन: ।

हृद्यन्त:स्थो ह्यभद्राणि विधुनोति सुहृत्सताम् ॥ १७ ॥

śṛṇvatāṁ sva-kathāḥ kṛṣṇaḥ

puṇya-śravaṇa-kīrtanaḥ

hṛdy antaḥ stho hy abhadrāṇi

vidhunoti suhṛt satām

Synonyms

śṛṇvatām — those who have developed the urge to hear the message of; sva-kathāḥ — His own words; kṛṣṇaḥ — the Personality of Godhead; puṇya — virtues; śravaṇa — hearing; kīrtanaḥ — chanting; hṛdi antaḥ sthaḥ — within one’s heart; hi — certainly; abhadrāṇi — desire to enjoy matter; vidhunoti — cleanses; suhṛt — benefactor; satām — of the truthful.

Translation

Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the Personality of Godhead, who is the Paramātmā [Supersoul] in everyone’s heart and the benefactor of the truthful devotee, cleanses desire for material enjoyment from the heart of the devotee who has developed the urge to hear His messages, which are in themselves virtuous when properly heard and chanted.

ŚB 1.2.18

नष्टप्रायेष्वभद्रेषु नित्यं भागवतसेवया ।

भगवत्युत्तमश्लोके भक्तिर्भवति नैष्ठिकी ॥ १८ ॥

naṣṭa-prāyeṣv abhadreṣu

nityaṁ bhāgavata-sevayā

bhagavaty uttama-śloke

bhaktir bhavati naiṣṭhikī

Synonyms

naṣṭa — destroyed; prāyeṣu — almost to nil; abhadreṣu — all that is inauspicious; nityam — regularly; bhāgavata — Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, or the pure devotee; sevayā — by serving; bhagavati — unto the Personality of Godhead; uttama — transcendental; śloke — prayers; bhaktiḥ — loving service; bhavati — comes into being; naiṣṭhikī — irrevocable.

Translation

By regular attendance in classes on the Bhāgavatam and by rendering of service to the pure devotee, all that is troublesome to the heart is almost completely destroyed, and loving service unto the Personality of Godhead, who is praised with transcendental songs, is established as an irrevocable fact.

ŚB 1.2.19

तदा रजस्तमोभावा: कामलोभादयश्च ये ।

चेत एतैरनाविद्धं स्थितं सत्त्वे प्रसीदति ॥ १९ ॥

tadā rajas-tamo-bhāvāḥ

kāma-lobhādayaś ca ye

ceta etair anāviddhaṁ

sthitaṁ sattve prasīdati

Synonyms

tadā — at that time; rajaḥ — in the mode of passion; tamaḥ — the mode of ignorance; bhāvāḥ — the situation; kāma — lust and desire; lobha — hankering; ādayaḥ — others; ca — and; ye — whatever they are; cetaḥ — the mind; etaiḥ — by these; anāviddham — without being affected; sthitam — being fixed; sattve — in the mode of goodness; prasīdati — thus becomes fully satisfied.

Translation

As soon as irrevocable loving service is established in the heart, the effects of nature’s modes of passion and ignorance, such as lust, desire and hankering, disappear from the heart. Then the devotee is established in goodness, and he becomes completely happy.

SB 1.2.20

एवं प्रसन्नमनसो भगवद्भक्तियोगत:

 ।भगवत्तत्त्वविज्ञानं मुक्तसङ्गस्य जायते ॥ २० ॥

evaṁ prasanna-manaso

bhagavad-bhakti-yogataḥ

bhagavat-tattva-vijñānaṁ

mukta-saṅgasya jāyate

Synonyms

evam — thus; prasanna — enlivened; manasaḥ — of the mind; bhagavat-bhakti — the devotional service of the Lord; yogataḥ — by contact of; bhagavat — regarding the Personality of Godhead; tattva — knowledge; vijñānam — scientific; mukta — liberated; saṅgasya — of the association; jāyate — becomes effective.

Translation

Thus established in the mode of unalloyed goodness, the man whose mind has been enlivened by contact with devotional service to the Lord gains positive scientific knowledge of the Personality of Godhead in the stage of liberation from all material association.

ŚB 1.2.21

भिद्यते हृदयग्रन्थिश्छिद्यन्ते सर्वसंशया: ।

क्षीयन्ते चास्य कर्माणि द‍ृष्ट एवात्मनीश्वरे ॥ २१ ॥

bhidyate hṛdaya-granthiś

chidyante sarva-saṁśayāḥ

kṣīyante cāsya karmāṇi

dṛṣṭa evātmanīśvare

Synonyms

bhidyate — pierced; hṛdaya — heart; granthiḥ — knots; chidyante — cut to pieces; sarva — all; saṁśayāḥ — misgivings; kṣīyante — terminated; ca — and; asya — his; karmāṇi — chain of fruitive actions; dṛṣṭe — having seen; eva — certainly; ātmani — unto the self; īśvare — dominating.

Translation

Thus the knot in the heart is pierced, and all misgivings are cut to pieces. The chain of fruitive actions is terminated when one sees the self as master.

This is the paribhasa sutra of the Srimad Bhagavatam

ŚB 1.3.28

एते चांशकला: पुंस: कृष्णस्तु भगवान् स्वयम् ।

इन्द्रारिव्याकुलं लोकं मृडयन्ति युगे युगे ॥ २८ ॥

ete cāṁśa-kalāḥ puṁsaḥ

kṛṣṇas tu bhagavān svayam

indrāri-vyākulaṁ lokaṁ

mṛḍayanti yuge yuge

Synonyms

ete — all these; ca — and; aṁśa — plenary portions; kalāḥ — portions of the plenary portions; puṁsaḥ — of the Supreme; kṛṣṇaḥ — Lord Kṛṣṇa; tu — but; bhagavān — the Personality of Godhead; svayam — in person; indra-ari — the enemies of Indra; vyākulam — disturbed; lokam — all the planets; mṛḍayanti — gives protection; yuge yuge — in different ages.

Translation

All of the above-mentioned incarnations are either plenary portions or portions of the plenary portions of the Lord, but Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa is the original Personality of Godhead. All of them appear on planets whenever there is a disturbance created by the atheists. The Lord incarnates to protect the theists.

 SB 1.3.38 

 sa veda dhātuḥ padavīṁ parasya
 duranta-vīryasya rathāṅga-pāṇeḥ
 yo 'māyayā santatayānuvṛttyā
 bhajeta tat-pāda-saroja-gandham

SYNONYMS

 saḥ—He alone; veda—can know; dhātuḥ—of the creator; padavīm—glories; parasya—of the transcendence; duranta-vīryas ya—of the greatly powerful; ratha-aṅga-pāṇeḥ—of Lord Kṛṣṇa, who bears in His hand the wheel of a chariot; yaḥ—one who; amāyayā—without reservation; santatayā—without any gap; anuvṛttyā—favorably; bhajeta—renders service; tat-pāda—of His feet; saroja-gandham—fragrance of the lotus. 

 TRANSLATION

 Only those who render unreserved, uninterrupted, favorable service unto the lotus feet of Lord Kṛṣṇa, who carries the wheel of the chariot in His hand, can know the creator of the universe in His full glory, power and transcendence. 

ŚB 1.5.17

त्यक्त्वा स्वधर्मं चरणाम्बुजं हरे-

र्भजन्नपक्‍वोऽथ पतेत्ततो यदि ।

यत्र क्‍व वाभद्रमभूदमुष्य किं

को वार्थ आप्तोऽभजतां स्वधर्मत: ॥ १७ ॥

tyaktvā sva-dharmaṁ caraṇāmbujaṁ harer

bhajann apakvo ’tha patet tato yadi

yatra kva vābhadram abhūd amuṣya kiṁ

ko vārtha āpto ’bhajatāṁ sva-dharmataḥ

Synonyms

tyaktvā — having forsaken; sva-dharmam — one’s own occupational engagement; caraṇa-ambujam — the lotus feet; hareḥ — of Hari (the Lord); bhajan — in the course of devotional service; apakvaḥ — immature; atha — for the matter of; patet — falls down; tataḥ — from that place; yadi — if; yatra — whereupon; kva — what sort of; vā — or (used sarcastically); abhadram — unfavorable; abhūt — shall happen; amuṣya — of him; kim — nothing; kaḥ vā arthaḥ — what interest; āptaḥ — obtained; abhajatām — of the nondevotee; sva-dharmataḥ — being engaged in occupational service.

Translation

One who has forsaken his material occupations to engage in the devotional service of the Lord may sometimes fall down while in an immature stage, yet there is no danger of his being unsuccessful. On the other hand, a nondevotee, though fully engaged in occupational duties, does not gain anything.

ŚB 1.7.4 

भक्तियोगेन मनसि सम्यक् प्रणिहितेऽमले । 

अपश्यत्पुरुषं पूर्णं मायां च तदपाश्रयम् ॥ ४ ॥ 

bhakti-yogena manasi 

samyak praṇihite ’male 

apaśyat puruṣaṁ pūrṇaṁ 

māyāṁ ca tad-apāśrayām 

Synonyms  

bhakti — devotional service; yogena — by the process of linking up; manasi — upon the mind; samyak — perfectly; praṇihite — engaged in and fixed upon; amale — without any matter; apaśyat — saw; puruṣam — the Personality of Godhead; pūrṇam — absolute; māyām — energy; ca — also; tat — His; apāśrayam — under full control.  

Translation 

 Thus he fixed his mind, perfectly engaging it by linking it in devotional service [bhakti-yoga] without any tinge of materialism, and thus he saw the Absolute Personality of Godhead along with His external energy, which was under full control.

Purport by MGDas

This is the inspiration for Vyasadeva to write the Srimad Bhagavatam.

ŚB 1.7.6 

अनर्थोपशमं साक्षाद्भक्तियोगमधोक्षजे । 

लोकस्याजानतो विद्वांश्चक्रे सात्वतसंहिताम् ॥ ६ ॥ 

anarthopaśamaṁ sākṣād 

bhakti-yogam adhokṣaje 

lokasyājānato vidvāṁś 

cakre sātvata-saṁhitām 

Synonyms  

anartha — things which are superfluous; upaśamam — mitigation; sākṣāt — directly; bhakti-yogam — the linking process of devotional service; adhokṣaje — unto the Transcendence; lokasya — of the general mass of men; ajānataḥ — those who are unaware of; vidvān — the supremely learned; cakre — compiled; sātvata — in relation with the Supreme Truth; saṁhitām — Vedic literature.  

Translation  

The material miseries of the living entity, which are superfluous to him, can be directly mitigated by the linking process of devotional service. But the mass of people do not know this, and therefore the learned Vyāsadeva compiled this Vedic literature, which is in relation to the Supreme Truth.

ŚB 1.7.10

सूत उवाचआत्मारामाश्च मुनयो निर्ग्रन्था अप्युरुक्रमे ।

कुर्वन्त्यहैतुकीं भक्तिमित्थम्भूतगुणो हरि: ॥ १० ॥

sūta uvāca

ātmārāmāś ca munayo

nirgranthā apy urukrame

kurvanty ahaitukīṁ bhaktim

ittham-bhūta-guṇo hariḥ

Synonyms

sūtaḥ uvāca — Sūta Gosvāmī said; ātmārāmāḥ — those who take pleasure in the ātmā (generally, spirit self); ca — also; munayaḥ — sages; nirgranthāḥ — freed from all bondage; api — in spite of; urukrame — unto the great adventurer; kurvanti — do; ahaitukīm — unalloyed; bhaktim — devotional service; ittham-bhūta — such wonderful; guṇaḥ — qualities; hariḥ — of the Lord.

Translation

Sūta Gosvāmī said: All different varieties of ātmārāmas [those who take pleasure in the ātmā, or spirit self], especially those established on the path of self-realization, though freed from all kinds of material bondage, desire to render unalloyed devotional service unto the Personality of Godhead. This means that the Lord possesses transcendental qualities and therefore can attract everyone, including liberated souls.

ŚB 1.8.25

vipadaḥ santu tāḥ śaśvat

tatra tatra jagad-guro

bhavato darśanaṁ yat syād

apunar bhava-darśanam

Synonyms

vipadaḥ — calamities; santu — let there be; tāḥ — all; śaśvat — again and again; tatra — there; tatra — and there; jagat-guro — O Lord of the universe; bhavataḥ — Your; darśanam — meeting; yat — that which; syāt — is; apunaḥ — not again; bhava-darśanam — seeing repetition of birth and death.

Translation

I wish that all those calamities would happen again and again so that we could see You again and again, for seeing You means that we will no longer see repeated births and deaths.

ŚB 1.8.26 

जन्मैश्वर्यश्रुतश्रीभिरेधमानमद: पुमान् ।

 नैवार्हत्यभिधातुं वै त्वामकिञ्चनगोचरम् ॥ २६ ॥

 janmaiśvarya-śruta-śrībhir

 edhamāna-madaḥ pumān

 naivārhaty abhidhātuṁ vai

 tvām akiñcana-gocaram 

Synonyms

 janma — birth; aiśvarya — opulence; śruta — education; śrībhiḥ — by the possession of beauty; edhamāna — progressively increasing; madaḥ — intoxication; pumān — the human being; na — never; eva — ever; arhati — deserves; abhidhātum — to address in feeling; vai — certainly; tvām — You; akiñcana-gocaram — one who is approached easily by the materially exhausted man.  

Translation

 My Lord, Your Lordship can easily be approached, but only by those who are materially exhausted. One who is on the path of [material] progress, trying to improve himself with respectable parentage, great opulence, high education and bodily beauty, cannot approach You with sincere feeling.  

ŚB 1.8.42

त्वयि मेऽनन्यविषया मतिर्मधुपतेऽसकृत् ।

रतिमुद्वहतादद्धा गङ्गेवौघमुदन्वति ॥ ४२ ॥

tvayi me ’nanya-viṣayā

matir madhu-pate ’sakṛt

ratim udvahatād addhā

gaṅgevaugham udanvati

Synonyms

tvayi — unto You; me — my; ananya-viṣayā — unalloyed; matiḥ — attention; madhu-pate — O Lord of Madhu; asakṛt — continuously; ratim — attraction; udvahatāt — may overflow; addhā — directly; gaṅgā — the Ganges; iva — like; ogham — flows; udanvati — down to the sea.

Translation

O Lord of Madhu, as the Ganges forever flows to the sea without hindrance, let my attraction be constantly drawn unto You without being diverted to anyone else.

ŚB 1.9.12

अहो कष्टमहोऽन्याय्यं यद्यूयं धर्मनन्दना: ।

जीवितुं नार्हथ क्लिष्टं विप्रधर्माच्युताश्रया: ॥ १२ ॥

aho kaṣṭam aho ’nyāyyaṁ

yad yūyaṁ dharma-nandanāḥ

jīvituṁ nārhatha kliṣṭaṁ

vipra-dharmācyutāśrayāḥ

Synonyms

aho — oh; kaṣṭam — what terrible sufferings; aho — oh; anyāyyam — what terrible injustice; yat — because; yūyam — all of you good souls; dharma-nandanāḥ — sons of religion personified; jīvitum — to remain alive; na — never; arhatha — deserve; kliṣṭam — suffering; vipra — brāhmaṇas; dharma — piety; acyuta — God; āśrayāḥ — being protected by.

Translation

Bhīṣmadeva said: Oh, what terrible sufferings and what terrible injustices you good souls suffer for being the sons of religion personified. You did not deserve to remain alive under those tribulations, yet you were protected by the brāhmaṇas, God and religion.

ŚB 1.9.14

सर्वं कालकृतं मन्ये भवतां च यदप्रियम् ।

सपालो यद्वशे लोको वायोरिव घनावलि: ॥ १४ ॥

sarvaṁ kāla-kṛtaṁ manye

bhavatāṁ ca yad-apriyam

sapālo yad-vaśe loko

vāyor iva ghanāvaliḥ

Synonyms

sarvam — all this; kāla-kṛtam — done by inevitable time; manye — I think; bhavatām ca — for you also; yat — whatever; apriyam — detestable; sa-pālaḥ — with the rulers; yat-vaśe — under the control of that time; lokaḥ — everyone in every planet; vāyoḥ — the wind carries; iva — as; ghana-āvaliḥ — a line of clouds.

Translation

In my opinion, this is all due to inevitable time, under whose control everyone in every planet is carried, just as the clouds are carried by the wind.

SB 1.9.16

na hy asya karhicid rājan

 pumān veda vidhitsitam

 yad vijijñāsayā yuktā

 muhyanti kavayo ’pi hi 

Synonyms 

na — never; hi — certainly; asya — His; karhicit — whatsoever; rājan — O King; pumān — anyone; veda — knows; vidhitsitam — plan; yat — which; vijijñāsayā — with exhaustive inquiries; yuktāḥ — being engaged; muhyanti — bewildered; kavayaḥ — great philosophers; api — even; hi — certainly. 

Translation

 O King, no one can know the plan of the Lord [Śrī Kṛṣṇa]. Even though great philosophers inquire exhaustively, they are bewildered.

SB 1.13.18 

tulayāma lavenāpina

 svargaṁ nāpunar-bhavam

bhagavat-saṅgi-saṅgasya

martyānāṁ kim utāśiṣaḥ 

Synonyms

tulayāma — to be balanced with; lavena — by a moment; api — even; na — never; svargam — heavenly planets; na — nor; apunaḥ-bhavam — liberation from matter; bhagavat-saṅgi — devotee of the Lord; saṅgasya — of the association; martyānām — those who are meant for death; kim — what is there; uta — to speak of; āśiṣaḥ — worldly benediction.

Translation

The value of a moment’s association with the devotee of the Lord cannot even be compared to the attainment of heavenly planets or liberation from matter, and what to speak of worldly benedictions in the form of material prosperity, which are for those who are meant for death.

ŚB 1.15.40

विसृज्य तत्र तत् सर्वं दुकूलवलयादिकम् ।

निर्ममो निरहङ्कार: सञ्छिन्नाशेषबन्धन: ॥ ४० ॥

visṛjya tatra tat sarvaṁ

dukūla-valayādikam

nirmamo nirahaṅkāraḥ

sañchinnāśeṣa-bandhanaḥ

Synonyms

visṛjya — relinquishing; tatra — all those; tat — that; sarvam — everything; dukūla — belt; valaya-ādikam — and bangles; nirmamaḥ — uninterested; nirahaṅkāraḥ — unattached; sañchinna — perfectly cut off; aśeṣa-bandhanaḥ — unlimited attachment.

Translation

Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira at once relinquished all his garments, belt and ornaments of the royal order and became completely disinterested and unattached to everything.

ŚB 2.1.10 

तदहं तेऽभिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् ।

 यस्य श्रद्दधतामाशु स्यान्मुकुन्दे मति: सती ॥ १० ॥ 

tad ahaṁ te ’bhidhāsyāmi 

mahā-pauruṣiko bhavān 

yasya śraddadhatām āśu

 syān mukunde matiḥ satī 

Synonyms

 tat — that; aham — I; te — unto you; abhidhāsyāmi — shall recite; mahā-pauruṣikaḥ — the most sincere devotee of Lord Kṛṣṇa; bhavān — your good self; yasya — of which; śraddadhatām — of one who gives full respect and attention; āśu — very soon; syāt — it so becomes; mukunde — unto the Lord, who awards salvation; matiḥ — faith; satī — unflinching.  

Translation

 That very Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam I shall recite before you because you are the most sincere devotee of Lord Kṛṣṇa. One who gives full attention and respect to hearing Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam achieves unflinching faith in the Supreme Lord, the giver of salvation.  

ŚB 2.1.11

एतन्निर्विद्यमानानामिच्छतामकुतोभयम् ।

योगिनां नृप निर्णीतं हरेर्नामानुकीर्तनम् ॥ ११ ॥

etan nirvidyamānānām

icchatām akuto-bhayam

yogināṁ nṛpa nirṇītaṁ

harer nāmānu kīrtanam

Synonyms

etat — it is; nirvidyamānānām — of those who are completely free from all material desires; icchatām — of those who are desirous of all sorts of material enjoyment; akutaḥ-bhayam — free from all doubts and fear; yoginām — of all who are self-satisfied; nṛpa — O King; nirṇītam — decided truth; hareḥ — of the Lord, Śrī Kṛṣṇa; nāma — holy name; anu — after someone, always; kīrtanam — chanting.

Translation

O King, constant chanting of the holy name of the Lord after the ways of the great authorities is the doubtless and fearless way of success for all, including those who are free from all material desires, those who are desirous of all material enjoyment, and also those who are self-satisfied by dint of transcendental knowledge.

ŚB 2.2.10
उन्निद्रहृत्पङ्कजकर्णिकालये
योगेश्वरास्थापितपादपल्लवम् ।
श्रीलक्षणं कौस्तुभरत्नकन्धर-
मम्‍लानलक्ष्म्या वनमालयाचितम् ॥ १० ॥

unnidra-hṛt-paṅkaja-karṇikālaye
yogeśvarāsthāpita-pāda-pallavam
śrī-lakṣaṇaṁ kaustubha-ratna-kandharam
amlāna-lakṣmyā vana-mālayācitam

Synonyms
unnidra — blooming; hṛt — heart; paṅkaja — lotus flower; karṇikā-ālaye — on the surface of the whorl; yoga-īśvara — the great mystics; āsthāpita — placed; pāda-pallavam — lotus feet; śrī — the goddess of fortune, or a beautiful calf; lakṣaṇam — marked in that way; kaustubha — the Kaustubha jewel; ratna — other jewels; kandharam — on the shoulder; amlāna — quite fresh; lakṣmyā — beauty; vana-mālayā — by a flower garland; ācitam — spread over.

Translation
His lotus feet are placed over the whorls of the lotuslike hearts of great mystics. On His chest is the Kaustubha jewel, engraved with a beautiful calf, and there are other jewels on His shoulders. His complete torso is garlanded with fresh flowers.

ŚB 2.2.34
भगवान् ब्रह्म कार्त्स्‍न्येन त्रिरन्वीक्ष्य मनीषया ।
तदध्यवस्यत् कूटस्थो रतिरात्मन् यतो भवेत् ॥ ३४ ॥

bhagavān brahma kārtsnyena
trir anvīkṣya manīṣayā
tad adhyavasyat kūṭa-stho
ratir ātman yato bhavet

Synonyms

bhagavān — the great personality Brahmā; brahma — the Vedas; kārtsnyena — by summarization; triḥ — three times; anvīkṣya — scrutinizingly examined; manīṣayā — with scholarly attention; tat — that; adhyavasyat — ascertained it; kūṭa-sthaḥ — with concentration of the mind; ratiḥ — attraction; ātman (ātmani) — unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead Śrī Kṛṣṇa; yataḥ — by which; bhavet — it so happens.

Translation
The great personality Brahmā, with great attention and concentration of the mind, studied the Vedas three times, and after scrutinizingly examining them, he ascertained that attraction for the Supreme Personality of Godhead Śrī Kṛṣṇa is the highest perfection of religion.

ŚB 2.3.10
अकाम: सर्वकामो वा मोक्षकाम उदारधी: ।
तीव्रेण भक्तियोगेन यजेत पुरुषं परम् ॥ १० ॥

akāmaḥ sarva-kāmo vā
mokṣa-kāma udāra-dhīḥ
tīvreṇa bhakti-yogena
yajeta puruṣaṁ param

Synonyms
akāmaḥ — one who has transcended all material desires; sarva-kāmaḥ — one who has the sum total of material desires; vā — either; mokṣa-kāmaḥ — one who desires liberation; udāra-dhīḥ — with broader intelligence; tīvreṇa — with great force; bhakti-yogena — by devotional service to the Lord; yajeta — should worship; puruṣam — the Lord; param — the supreme whole.

Translation
A person who has broader intelligence, whether he be full of all material desire, without any material desire, or desiring liberation, must by all means worship the supreme whole, the Personality of Godhead.

ŚB 2.4.18

kirāta-hūṇāndhra-pulinda-pulkaśā

ābhīra-śumbhā yavanāḥ khasādayaḥ

ye ’nye ca pāpā yad-apāśrayāśrayāḥ

śudhyanti tasmai prabhaviṣṇave namaḥ

Synonyms

kirāta — a province of old Bhārata; hūṇa — part of Germany and Russia; āndhra — a province of southern India; pulinda — the Greeks; pulkaśāḥ — another province; ābhīra — part of old Sind; śumbhāḥ — another province; yavanāḥ — the Turks; khasa-ādayaḥ — the Mongolian province; ye — even those; anye — others; ca — also; pāpāḥ — addicted to sinful acts; yat — whose; apāśraya-āśrayāḥ — having taken shelter of the devotees of the Lord; śudhyanti — at once purified; tasmai — unto Him; prabhaviṣṇave — unto the powerful Viṣṇu; namaḥ — my respectful obeisances.

Translation

Kirāta, Hūṇa, Āndhra, Pulinda, Pulkaśa, Ābhīra, Śumbha, Yavana, members of the Khasa races and even others addicted to sinful acts can be purified by taking shelter of the devotees of the Lord, due to His being the supreme power. I beg to offer my respectful obeisances unto Him.

Purport

Kirāta: A province of old Bhārata-varṣa mentioned in the Bhīṣma-parva of Mahābhārata. Generally the Kirātas are known as the aboriginal tribes of India, and in modern days the Santal Parganas in Bihar and Chota Nagpur might comprise the old province named Kirāta.

Hūṇa: The area of East Germany and part of Russia is known as the province of the Hūṇas. Accordingly, sometimes a kind of hill tribe is known as the Hūṇas.Āndhra: A province in southern India mentioned in the Bhīṣma-parva of Mahābhārata. It is still extant under the same name.

Pulinda: It is mentioned in the Mahābhārata (Ādi-parva 174.38), viz., the inhabitants of the province of the name Pulinda. This country was conquered by Bhīmasena and Sahadeva. The Greeks are known as Pulindas, and it is mentioned in the Vana-parva of Mahābhārata that the non-Vedic race of this part of the world would rule over the world. This Pulinda province was also one of the provinces of Bhārata, and the inhabitants were classified amongst the kṣatriya kings. But later on, due to their giving up the brahminical culture, they were mentioned as mlecchas (just as those who are not followers of the Islamic culture are called kafirs and those who are not followers of the Christian culture are called heathens).

Ābhīra: This name also appears in the Mahābhārata, both in the Sabhā-parva and Bhīṣma-parva. It is mentioned that this province was situated on the River Sarasvatī in Sind. The modern Sind province formerly extended on the other side of the Arabian Sea, and all the inhabitants of that province were known as the Ābhīras. They were under the domination of Mahārāja Yudhiṣṭhira, and according to the statements of Mārkaṇḍeya the mlecchas of this part of the world would also rule over Bhārata. Later on this proved to be true, as in the case of the Pulindas. On behalf of the Pulindas, Alexander the Great conquered India, and on behalf of the Ābhīras, Muhammad Ghori conquered India. These Ābhīras were also formerly kṣatriyas within the brahminical culture, but they gave up the connection. The kṣatriyas who were afraid of Paraśurāma and had hidden themselves in the Caucasian hilly regions later on became known as the Ābhīras, and the place they inhabited was known as Ābhīradeśa.

Śumbhas or Kaṅkas: The inhabitants of the Kaṅka province of old Bhārata, mentioned in the Mahābhārata.

Yavanas: Yavana was the name of one of the sons of Mahārāja Yayāti who was given the part of the world known as Turkey to rule. Therefore the Turks are Yavanas due to being descendants of Mahārāja Yavana. The Yavanas were therefore kṣatriyas, and later on, by giving up the brahminical culture, they became mleccha-yavanas. Descriptions of the Yavanas are in the Mahābhārata (Ādi-parva 85.34). Another prince, called Turvasu, was also known as Yavana, and his country was conquered by Sahadeva, one of the Pāṇḍavas. The western Yavana joined with Duryodhana in the Battle of Kurukṣetra under the pressure of Karṇa. It was also foretold that these Yavanas also would conquer India, and it proved to be true.

Khasa: The inhabitants of the Khasadeśa are mentioned in the Mahābhārata (Droṇa-parva). Those who have a stunted growth of hair on the upper lip are generally called Khasas. As such, the Khasa are the Mongolians, the Chinese and others who are so designated.

SB 2.8.4

 श‍ृण्वत: श्रद्धया नित्यं गृणतश्च स्वचेष्टितम् ।

 कालेन नातिदीर्घेण भगवान् विशते हृदि ॥ ४ ॥

 śṛṇvataḥ śraddhayā nityaṁ 

gṛṇataś ca sva-ceṣṭitam 

kālena nātidīrgheṇa 

bhagavān viśate hṛdi 

Synonyms  

śṛṇvataḥ — of those who hear; śraddhayā — in earnestness; nityam — regularly, always; gṛṇataḥ — taking the matter; ca — also; sva-ceṣṭitam — seriously by one’s own endeavor; kālena — duration; na — not; ati-dīrgheṇa — very prolonged time; bhagavān — the Personality of Godhead Śrī Kṛṣṇa; viśate — becomes manifest; hṛdi — within one’s heart.

  Translation  

Persons who hear Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam regularly and are always taking the matter very seriously will have the Personality of Godhead Śrī Kṛṣṇa manifested in their hearts within a short time.

ŚB 2.8.5 

प्रविष्ट: कर्णरन्ध्रेण स्वानां भावसरोरुहम् । 

धुनोति शमलं कृष्ण: सलिलस्य यथा शरत् ॥ ५ ॥

 praviṣṭaḥ karṇa-randhreṇa 

svānāṁ bhāva-saroruham 

dhunoti śamalaṁ kṛṣṇaḥ 

salilasya yathā śarat 

Synonyms  

praviṣṭaḥ — thus being entered; karṇa-randhreṇa — through the holes of the ears; svānām — according to one’s liberated position; bhāva — constitutional relationship; saraḥ-ruham — the lotus flower; dhunoti — cleanses; śamalam — material qualities like lust, anger, avarice and hankering; kṛṣṇaḥ — Lord Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; salilasya — of the reservoir of waters; yathā — as it were; śarat — the autumn season.

  Translation  

The sound incarnation of Lord Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Soul [i.e., Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam], enters into the heart of a self-realized devotee, sits on the lotus flower of his loving relationship, and thus cleanses the dust of material association, such as lust, anger and hankering. Thus it acts like autumnal rains upon pools of muddy water.  

ŚB 2.9.21

वरं वरय भद्रं ते वरेशं माभिवाञ्छितम् ।

ब्रह्मञ्छ्रेय:परिश्राम: पुंसां मद्दर्शनावधि: ॥ २१ ॥

varaṁ varaya bhadraṁ te

vareśaṁ mābhivāñchitam

brahmañ chreyaḥ-pariśrāmaḥ

puṁsāṁ mad-darśanāvadhiḥ

Synonyms

varam — benediction; varaya — just ask from; bhadram — auspicious; te — unto you; vara-īśam — the giver of all benediction; mā (mām) — from Me; abhivāñchitam — wishing; brahman — O Brahmā; śreyaḥ — the ultimate success; pariśrāmaḥ — for all penances; puṁsām — for everyone; mat — My; darśana — realization; avadhiḥ — up to the limit of.

Translation

I wish you good luck. O Brahmā, you may ask from Me, the giver of all benediction, all that you may desire. You may know that the ultimate benediction, as the result of all penances, is to see Me by realization.

Purport

[...]The next stage of life is to discharge devotional service to the Lord just to satisfy Him. [...]

The Catur-sloki of Srimad Bhagavatam: 2.9.33, 2.9.34, 2.9.35, 2.9.36

ŚB 2.9.33

अहमेवासमेवाग्रे नान्यद् यत् सदसत् परम् ।

पश्चादहं यदेतच्च योऽवशिष्येत सोऽस्म्यहम् ॥ ३३ ॥

aham evāsam evāgre

nānyad yat sad-asat param

paścād ahaṁ yad etac ca

yo ’vaśiṣyeta so ’smy aham

Synonyms

aham — I, the Personality of Godhead; eva — certainly; āsam — existed; eva — only; agre — before the creation; na — never; anyat — anything else; yat — all those; sat — the effect; asat — the cause; param — the supreme; paścāt — at the end; aham — I, the Personality of Godhead; yat — all these; etat — creation; ca — also; yaḥ — everything; avaśiṣyeta — remains; saḥ — that; asmi — I am; aham — I, the Personality of Godhead.

Translation

Brahmā, it is I, the Personality of Godhead, who was existing before the creation, when there was nothing but Myself. Nor was there the material nature, the cause of this creation. That which you see now is also I, the Personality of Godhead, and after annihilation what remains will also be I, the Personality of Godhead.

ŚB 3.2.20

तथैव चान्ये नरलोकवीराय आहवे कृष्णमुखारविन्दम् ।

नेत्रै: पिबन्तो नयनाभिरामंपार्थास्त्रपूत: पदमापुरस्य ॥ २० ॥

tathaiva cānye nara-loka-vīrā

ya āhave kṛṣṇa-mukhāravindam

netraiḥ pibanto nayanābhirāmaṁ

pārthāstra-pūtaḥ padam āpur asya

Synonyms

tathā — as also; eva ca — and certainly; anye — others; nara-loka — human society; vīrāḥ — fighters; ye — those; āhave — on the battlefield (of Kurukṣetra); kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa’s; mukha-aravindam — face like a lotus flower; netraiḥ — with the eyes; pibantaḥ — while seeing; nayana-abhirāmam — very pleasing to the eyes; pārtha — Arjuna; astra-pūtaḥ — purified by arrows; padam — abode; āpuḥ — achieved; asya — of Him.

Translation

Certainly others who were fighters on the Battlefield of Kurukṣetra were purified by the onslaught of Arjuna’s arrows, and while seeing the lotuslike face of Kṛṣṇa, so pleasing to the eyes, they achieved the abode of the Lord.

ŚB 3.9.11  

त्वं भक्तियोगपरिभावितहृत्सरोज 

आस्से श्रुतेक्षितपथो ननु नाथ पुंसाम् । 

यद्यद्धिया त उरुगाय विभावयन्ति 

तत्तद्वपु: प्रणयसे सदनुग्रहाय ॥ ११ ॥

 tvaṁ bhakti-yoga-paribhāvita-hṛt-saroja 

āsse śrutekṣita-patho nanu nātha puṁsām

 yad-yad-dhiyā ta urugāya vibhāvayanti 

tat-tad-vapuḥ praṇayase sad-anugrahāya 

Synonyms

  tvam — unto You; bhakti-yoga — in devotional service; paribhāvita — being one-hundred-percent engaged; hṛt — of the heart; saroje — on the lotus; āsse — You reside; śruta-īkṣita — seen through the ear; pathaḥ — the path; nanu — now; nātha — O my Lord; puṁsām — of the devotees; yat-yat — whichever; dhiyā — by meditating; te — Your; urugāya — O multiglorious; vibhāvayanti — they specifically think of; tat-tat — the very same; vapuḥ — transcendental form; praṇayase — do You manifest; sat-anugrahāya — to show Your causeless mercy. 

Translation

  O my Lord, Your devotees can see You through the ears by the process of bona fide hearing, and thus their hearts become cleansed, and You take Your seat there. You are so merciful to Your devotees that You manifest Yourself in the particular eternal form of transcendence in which they always think of You.

ŚB 3.25.25 

सतां प्रसङ्गान्मम वीर्यसंविदो 

भवन्ति हृत्कर्णरसायना: कथा: ।

 तज्जोषणादाश्वपवर्गवर्त्मनि 

श्रद्धा रतिर्भक्तिरनुक्रमिष्यति ॥ २५ ॥ 

satāṁ prasaṅgān mama vīrya-saṁvido 

bhavanti hṛt-karṇa-rasāyanāḥ kathāḥ 

taj-joṣaṇād āśv apavarga-vartmani 

śraddhā ratir bhaktir anukramiṣyati 

Synonyms 

 satām — of pure devotees; prasaṅgāt — through the association; mama — My; vīrya — wonderful activities; saṁvidaḥ — by discussion of; bhavanti — become; hṛt — to the heart; karṇa — to the ear; rasa-ayanāḥ — pleasing; kathāḥ — the stories; tat — of that; joṣaṇāt — by cultivation; āśu — quickly; apavarga — of liberation; vartmani — on the path; śraddhā — firm faith; ratiḥ — attraction; bhaktiḥ — devotion; anukramiṣyati — will follow in order.  

Translation  

In the association of pure devotees, discussion of the pastimes and activities of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is very pleasing and satisfying to the ear and the heart. By cultivating such knowledge one gradually becomes advanced on the path of liberation, and thereafter he is freed, and his attraction becomes fixed. Then real devotion and devotional service begin.

ŚB 3.25.38

na karhicin mat-parāḥ śānta-rūpe

naṅkṣyanti no me ’nimiṣo leḍhi hetiḥ

yeṣām ahaṁ priya ātmā sutaś ca

sakhā guruḥ suhṛdo daivam iṣṭam

Synonyms

na — not; karhicit — ever; mat-parāḥ — My devotees; śānta-rūpe — O mother; naṅkṣyanti — will lose; no — not; me — My; animiṣaḥ — time; leḍhi — destroys; hetiḥ — weapon; yeṣām — of whom; aham — I; priyaḥ — dear; ātmā — self; sutaḥ — son; ca — and; sakhā — friend; guruḥ — preceptor; suhṛdaḥ — benefactor; daivam — Deity; iṣṭam — chosen.

Translation

The Lord continued: My dear mother, devotees who receive such transcendental opulences are never bereft of them; neither weapons nor the change of time can destroy such opulences. Because the devotees accept Me as their friend, their relative, their son, preceptor, benefactor and Supreme Deity, they cannot be deprived of their possessions at any time.

ŚB 3.26.27
वैकारिकाद्विकुर्वाणान्मनस्तत्त्वमजायत ।
यत्सङ्कल्पविकल्पाभ्यां वर्तते कामसम्भव: ॥ २७ ॥

vaikārikād vikurvāṇān
manas-tattvam ajāyata
yat-saṅkalpa-vikalpābhyāṁ
vartate kāma-sambhavaḥ

Synonyms
vaikārikāt — from the false ego of goodness; vikurvāṇāt — undergoing transformation; manaḥ — the mind; tattvam — principle; ajāyata — evolved; yat — whose; saṅkalpa — thoughts; vikalpābhyām — and by reflections; vartate — happens; kāma-sambhavaḥ — the rise of desire.

Translation
From the false ego of goodness, another transformation takes place. From this evolves the mind, whose thoughts and reflections give rise to desire.

ŚB 3.26.29
तैजसात्तु विकुर्वाणाद् बुद्धितत्त्वमभूत्सति ।
द्रव्यस्फुरणविज्ञानमिन्द्रियाणामनुग्रह: ॥ २९ ॥
taijasāt tu vikurvāṇād
buddhi-tattvam abhūt sati
dravya-sphuraṇa-vijñānam
indriyāṇām anugrahaḥ

Synonyms
taijasāt — from the false ego in passion; tu — then; vikurvāṇāt — undergoing transformation; buddhi — intelligence; tattvam — principle; abhūt — took birth; sati — O virtuous lady; dravya — objects; sphuraṇa — coming into view; vijñānam — ascertaining; indriyāṇām — to the senses; anugrahaḥ — giving assistance.

Translation
By transformation of the false ego in passion, intelligence takes birth, O virtuous lady. The functions of intelligence are to help in ascertaining the nature of objects when they come into view, and to help the senses.

ŚB 3.26.31
तैजसानीन्द्रियाण्येव क्रियाज्ञानविभागश: ।
प्राणस्य हि क्रियाशक्तिर्बुद्धेर्विज्ञानशक्तिता ॥ ३१ ॥

taijasānīndriyāṇy eva
kriyā-jñāna-vibhāgaśaḥ
prāṇasya hi kriyā-śaktir
buddher vijñāna-śaktitā

Synonyms
taijasāni — produced from egoism in the mode of passion; indriyāṇi — the senses; eva — certainly; kriyā — action; jñāna — knowledge; vibhāgaśaḥ — according to; prāṇasya — of the vital energy; hi — indeed; kriyā-śaktiḥ — the senses of action; buddheḥ — of the intelligence; vijñāna-śaktitā — the senses for acquiring knowledge.

Translation
Egoism in the mode of passion produces two kinds of senses: the senses for acquiring knowledge and the senses of action. The senses of action depend on the vital energy, and the senses for acquiring knowledge depend on intelligence.

SB 3.29.13

sālokya-sārṣṭi-sāmīpya-

sārūpyaikatvam apy uta

dīyamānaṁ na gṛhṇanti

vinā mat-sevanaṁ janāḥ

Synonyms

sālokya — living on the same planet; sārṣṭi — having the same opulence; sāmīpya — to be a personal associate; sārūpya — having the same bodily features; ekatvam — oneness; api — also; uta — even; dīyamānam — being offered; na — not; gṛhṇanti — do accept; vinā — without; mat — My; sevanam — devotional service; janāḥ — pure devotees.

Translation

A pure devotee does not accept any kind of liberation — sālokya, sārṣṭi, sāmīpya, sārūpya or ekatva — even though they are offered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

ŚB 3.31.1

श्रीभगवानुवाचकर्मणा दैवनेत्रेण जन्तुर्देहोपपत्तये ।

स्त्रिया: प्रविष्ट उदरं पुंसो रेत:कणाश्रय: ॥ १ ॥

śrī-bhagavān uvāca

karmaṇā daiva-netreṇa

jantur dehopapattaye

striyāḥ praviṣṭa udaraṁ

puṁso retaḥ-kaṇāśrayaḥ

Synonyms

śrī-bhagavān uvāca — the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; karmaṇā — by the result of work; daiva-netreṇa — under the supervision of the Lord; jantuḥ — the living entity; deha — a body; upapattaye — for obtaining; striyāḥ — of a woman; praviṣṭaḥ — enters; udaram — the womb; puṁsaḥ — of a man; retaḥ — of semen; kaṇa — a particle; āśrayaḥ — dwelling in.

Translation

The Personality of Godhead said: Under the supervision of the Supreme Lord and according to the result of his work, the living entity, the soul, is made to enter into the womb of a woman through the particle of male semen to assume a particular type of body.

SB 4.28.48

uttiṣṭhottiṣṭha rājarṣe

imām udadhi-mekhalām

dasyubhyaḥ kṣatra-bandhubhyo

bibhyatīṁ pātum arhasi

Synonyms

uttiṣṭha — please get up; uttiṣṭha — please get up; rāja-ṛṣe — O saintly king; imām — this earth; udadhi — by the ocean; mekhalām — surrounded; dasyubhyaḥ — from the rogues; kṣatra-bandhubhyaḥ — from the unclean kings; bibhyatīm — very much afraid; pātum — to protect; arhasi — you ought.

Translation

O best of kings, please get up! Get up! Just see this world surrounded by water and infested with rogues and so-called kings. This world is very much afraid, and it is your duty to protect her.

Purport

Whenever an ācārya comes, following the superior orders of the Supreme Personality of Godhead or His representative, he establishes the principles of religion, as enunciated in Bhagavad-gītā. Religion means abiding by the orders of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Religious principles begin from the time one surrenders to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It is the ācārya’s duty to spread a bona fide religious system and induce everyone to bow down before the Supreme Lord. One executes the religious principles by rendering devotional service, specifically the nine items like hearing, chanting and remembering. Unfortunately, when the ācārya disappears, rogues and nondevotees take advantage and immediately begin to introduce unauthorized principles in the name of so-called svāmīs, yogīs, philanthropists, welfare workers and so on. Actually, human life is meant for executing the orders of the Supreme Lord, and this is stated in Bhagavad-gītā (9.34):

man-manā bhava mad-bhakto

mad-yājī māṁ namaskuru

mām evaiṣyasi yuktvaivam

ātmānaṁ mat-parāyaṇaḥ

“Engage your mind always in thinking of Me and become My devotee. Offer obeisances and worship Me. Being completely absorbed in Me, surely you will come to Me.”

The main business of human society is to think of the Supreme Personality of Godhead at all times, to become His devotees, to worship the Supreme Lord and to bow down before Him. The ācārya, the authorized representative of the Supreme Lord, establishes these principles, but when he disappears, things once again become disordered. The perfect disciples of the ācārya try to relieve the situation by sincerely following the instructions of the spiritual master. At the present moment practically the entire world is afraid of rogues and nondevotees; therefore this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is started to save the world from irreligious principles. Everyone should cooperate with this movement in order to bring about actual peace and happiness in the world.

ŚB 4.31.14 

यथा तरोर्मूलनिषेचनेन 

तृप्यन्ति तत्स्कन्धभुजोपशाखा: । 

प्राणोपहाराच्च यथेन्द्रियाणां 

तथैव सर्वार्हणमच्युतेज्या ॥ १४ ॥

 yathā taror mūla-niṣecanena 

tṛpyanti tat-skandha-bhujopaśākhāḥ 

prāṇopahārāc ca yathendriyāṇāṁ 

tathaiva sarvārhaṇam acyutejyā

 Synonyms  

yathā — as; taroḥ — of a tree; mūla — the root; niṣecanena — by watering; tṛpyanti — are satisfied; tat — its; skandha — trunk; bhuja — branches; upaśākhāḥ — and twigs; prāṇa — the life air; upahārāt — by feeding; ca — and; yathā — as; indriyāṇām — of the senses; tathā eva — similarly; sarva — of all demigods; arhaṇam — worship; acyuta — of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ijyā — worship.  

Translation  

As pouring water on the root of a tree energizes the trunk, branches, twigs and everything else, and as supplying food to the stomach enlivens the senses and limbs of the body, simply worshiping the Supreme Personality of Godhead through devotional service automatically satisfies the demigods, who are parts of that Supreme Personality.

ŚB 5.5.1

ऋषभ उवाचनायं देहो देहभाजां

 नृलोकेकष्टान् कामानर्हते विड्भुजां ये ।

तपो दिव्यं पुत्रका येन सत्त्वं

शुद्ध्येद्यस्माद् ब्रह्मसौख्यं त्वनन्तम् ॥ १ ॥

ṛṣabha uvāca

nāyaṁ deho deha-bhājāṁ nṛloke

kaṣṭān kāmān arhate viḍ-bhujāṁ ye

tapo divyaṁ putrakā yena sattvaṁ

śuddhyed yasmād brahma-saukhyaṁ tv anantam

Synonyms

ṛṣabhaḥ uvāca — Lord Ṛṣabhadeva said; na — not; ayam — this; dehaḥ — body; deha-bhājām — of all living entities who have accepted material bodies; nṛ-loke — in this world; kaṣṭān — troublesome; kāmān — sense gratification; arhate — deserves; viṭ-bhujām — of stool-eaters; ye — which; tapaḥ — austerities and penances; divyam — divine; putrakāḥ — My dear sons; yena — by which; sattvam — the heart; śuddhyet — becomes purified; yasmāt — from which; brahma-saukhyam — spiritual happiness; tu — certainly; anantam — unending.

Translation

Lord Ṛṣabhadeva told His sons: My dear boys, of all the living entities who have accepted material bodies in this world, one who has been awarded this human form should not work hard day and night simply for sense gratification, which is available even for dogs and hogs that eat stool. One should engage in penance and austerity to attain the divine position of devotional service. By such activity, one’s heart is purified, and when one attains this position, he attains eternal, blissful life, which is transcendental to material happiness and which continues forever.

ŚB 5.5.2

महत्सेवां द्वारमाहुर्विमुक्ते-

स्तमोद्वारं योषितां सङ्गिसङ्गम् ।

महान्तस्ते समचित्ता: प्रशान्ता

विमन्यव: सुहृद: साधवो ये ॥ २ ॥

mahat-sevāṁ dvāram āhur vimuktes

tamo-dvāraṁ yoṣitāṁ saṅgi-saṅgam

mahāntas te sama-cittāḥ praśāntā

vimanyavaḥ suhṛdaḥ sādhavo ye

Synonyms

mahat-sevām — service to the spiritually advanced persons called mahātmās; dvāram — the way; āhuḥ — they say; vimukteḥ — of liberation; tamaḥ-dvāram — the way to the dungeon of a dark, hellish condition of life; yoṣitām — of women; saṅgi — of associates; saṅgam — association; mahāntaḥ — highly advanced in spiritual understanding; te — they; sama-cittāḥ — persons who see everyone in a spiritual identity; praśāntāḥ — very peaceful, situated in Brahman or Bhagavān; vimanyavaḥ — without anger (one must distribute Kṛṣṇa consciousness to persons who are hostile without becoming angry at them); suhṛdaḥ — well-wishers of everyone; sādhavaḥ — qualified devotees, without abominable behavior; ye — they who.

Translation

One can attain the path of liberation from material bondage only by rendering service to highly advanced spiritual personalities. These personalities are impersonalists and devotees. Whether one wants to merge into the Lord’s existence or wants to associate with the Personality of Godhead, one should render service to the mahātmās. For those who are not interested in such activities, who associate with people fond of women and sex, the path to hell is wide open. The mahātmās are equipoised. They do not see any difference between one living entity and another. They are very peaceful and are fully engaged in devotional service. They are devoid of anger, and they work for the benefit of everyone. They do not behave in any abominable way. Such people are known as mahātmās.

ŚB 5.5.5

पराभवस्तावदबोधजातो

यावन्न जिज्ञासत आत्मतत्त्वम् ।

यावत्क्रियास्तावदिदं मनो वै

कर्मात्मकं येन शरीरबन्ध: ॥ ५ ॥

parābhavas tāvad abodha-jāto

yāvan na jijñāsata ātma-tattvam

yāvat kriyās tāvad idaṁ mano vai

karmātmakaṁ yena śarīra-bandhaḥ

Synonyms

parābhavaḥ — defeat, misery; tāvat — so long; abodha-jātaḥ — produced from ignorance; yāvat — as long as; na — not; jijñāsate — inquires about; ātma-tattvam — the truth of the self; yāvat — as long as; kriyāḥ — fruitive activities; tāvat — so long; idam — this; manaḥ — mind; vai — indeed; karma-ātmakam — absorbed in material activities; yena — by which; śarīra-bandhaḥ — bondage in this material body.

Translation

As long as one does not inquire about the spiritual values of life, one is defeated and subjected to miseries arising from ignorance. Be it sinful or pious, karma has its resultant actions. If a person is engaged in any kind of karma, his mind is called karmātmaka, colored with fruitive activity. As long as the mind is impure, consciousness is unclear, and as long as one is absorbed in fruitive activity, he has to accept a material body.

ŚB 5.5.6

एवं मन: कर्मवशं प्रयुङ्क्तेअविद्ययाऽऽत्मन्युपधीयमाने ।

प्रीतिर्न यावन्मयि वासुदेवेन मुच्यते देहयोगेन तावत् ॥ ६ ॥

evaṁ manaḥ karma-vaśaṁ prayuṅkte

avidyayātmany upadhīyamāne

prītir na yāvan mayi vāsudeve

na mucyate deha-yogena tāvat

Synonyms

evam — thus; manaḥ — the mind; karma-vaśam — subjugated by fruitive activities; prayuṅkte — acts; avidyayā — by ignorance; ātmani — when the living entity; upadhīyamāne — is covered; prītiḥ — love; na — not; yāvat — as long as; mayi — unto Me; vāsudeve — Vāsudeva, Kṛṣṇa; na — not; mucyate — is delivered; deha-yogena — from contact with the material body; tāvat — so long.

Translation

When the living entity is covered by the mode of ignorance, he does not understand the individual living being and the supreme living being, and his mind is subjugated by fruitive activity. Therefore, until one has love for Lord Vāsudeva, who is none other than Myself, he is certainly not delivered from having to accept a material body again and again.

ŚB 5.5.8

पुंस: स्त्रिया मिथुनीभावमेतंतयोर्मिथो हृदयग्रन्थिमाहु: ।

अतो गृहक्षेत्रसुताप्तवित्तै-र्जनस्य मोहोऽयमहं ममेति ॥ ८ ॥

puṁsaḥ striyā mithunī-bhāvam etaṁ

tayor mitho hṛdaya-granthim āhuḥ

ato gṛha-kṣetra-sutāpta-vittair

janasya moho ’yam ahaṁ mameti

Synonyms

puṁsaḥ — of a male; striyāḥ — of a female; mithunī-bhāvam — attraction for sexual life; etam — this; tayoḥ — of both of them; mithaḥ — between one another; hṛdaya-granthim — the knot of the hearts; āhuḥ — they call; ataḥ — thereafter; gṛha — by home; kṣetra — field; suta — children; āpta — relatives; vittaiḥ — and by wealth; janasya — of the living being; mohaḥ — illusion; ayam — this; aham — I; mama — mine; iti — thus.

Translation

The attraction between male and female is the basic principle of material existence. On the basis of this misconception, which ties together the hearts of the male and female, one becomes attracted to his body, home, property, children, relatives and wealth. In this way one increases life’s illusions and thinks in terms of “I and mine.”

ŚB 5.17.11

तत्रापि भारतमेव वर्षं कर्मक्षेत्रमन्यान्यष्ट वर्षाणि स्वर्गिणां पुण्यशेषोपभोगस्थानानि भौमानि स्वर्गपदानि व्यपदिशन्ति ॥ ११ ॥

tatrāpi bhāratam eva varṣaṁ karma-kṣetram anyāny aṣṭa varṣāṇi svargiṇāṁ puṇya-śeṣopabhoga-sthānāni bhaumāni svarga-padāni vyapadiśanti.

Synonyms

tatra api — out of all of them; bhāratam — known as Bhārata-varṣa; eva — certainly; varṣam — the tract of land; karma-kṣetram — the field of activities; anyāni — the others; aṣṭa varṣāṇi — eight tracts of land; svargiṇām — of the living entities elevated to the heavenly planets by extraordinary pious activities; puṇya — of the results of pious activities; śeṣa — of the remainder; upabhoga-sthānāni — the places for material enjoyment; bhaumāni svarga-padāni — as the heavenly places on earth; vyapadiśanti — they designate.

Translation

Among the nine varṣas, the tract of land known as Bhārata-varṣa is understood to be the field of fruitive activities. Learned scholars and saintly persons declare the other eight varṣas to be meant for very highly elevated pious persons. After returning from the heavenly planets, they enjoy the remaining results of their pious activities in these eight earthly varṣas.

ŚB 5.17.12

एषु पुरुषाणामयुतपुरुषायुर्वर्षाणां देवकल्पानां नागायुतप्राणानां वज्रसंहननबलवयोमोदप्रमुदितमहासौरतमिथुनव्यवायापवर्गवर्षधृतैकगर्भ 

कलत्राणां तत्र तु त्रेतायुगसम: कालो वर्तते ॥ १२ ॥

eṣu puruṣāṇām ayuta-puruṣāyur-varṣāṇāṁ

 deva-kalpānāṁ nāgāyuta-prāṇānāṁ 

vajra-saṁhanana-bala-vayo-moda-pramudita-mahā-saurata-mithuna-vyavāyāpavarga-varṣa-dhṛtaika-garbha-kalatrāṇāṁ 

tatra tu tretā-yuga-samaḥ kālo vartate.

Synonyms

eṣu — in these (eight) varṣas, or tracts of land; puruṣāṇām — of all the men; ayuta — ten thousand; puruṣa — by the measure of men; āyuḥ-varṣāṇām — of those whose years of life; deva-kalpānām — who are like the demigods; nāga-ayuta-prāṇānām — having the strength of ten thousand elephants; vajra-saṁhanana — by bodies as solid as thunderbolts; bala — by bodily strength; vayaḥ — by youth; moda — by abundant sense enjoyment; pramudita — being excited; mahā-saurata — a great deal of sexual; mithuna — combinations of man and woman; vyavāya-apavarga — at the end of their period of sexual enjoyment; varṣa — in the last year; dhṛta-eka-garbha — who conceive one child; kalatrāṇām — of those who have wives; tatra — there; tu — but; tretā-yuga-samaḥ — exactly like the Tretā-yuga (when there is no tribulation); kālaḥ — time; vartate — exists.

Translation

In these eight varṣas, or tracts of land, human beings live ten thousand years according to earthly calculations. All the inhabitants are almost like demigods. They have the bodily strength of ten thousand elephants. Indeed, their bodies are as sturdy as thunderbolts. The youthful duration of their lives is very pleasing, and both men and women enjoy sexual union with great pleasure for a long time. After years of sensual pleasure — when a balance of one year of life remains — the wife conceives a child. Thus the standard of pleasure for the residents of these heavenly regions is exactly like that of the human beings who lived during Tretā-yuga.

ŚB 5.18.8

ॐ नमो भगवते नरसिंहाय नमस्तेजस्तेजसे आविराविर्भव वज्रनख वज्रदंष्ट्र कर्माशयान् रन्धय रन्धय तमो ग्रस ग्रस ॐ स्वाहा । अभयमभयमात्मनि भूयिष्ठा ॐ क्ष्रौम् ॥ ८ ॥

oṁ namo bhagavate narasiṁhāya

 namas tejas-tejase āvir-āvirbhava 

vajra-nakha vajra-daṁṣṭra karmāśayān 

randhaya randhaya tamo grasa grasa om svāhā;

 abhayam abhayam ātmani bhūyiṣṭhā oṁ kṣraum.

Synonyms

om — O Lord; namaḥ — my respectful obeisances; bhagavate — unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; nara-siṁhāya — known as Lord Nṛsiṁha; namaḥ — obeisances; tejaḥ-tejase — the power of all power; āviḥ-āvirbhava — please be fully manifest; vajra-nakha — O You who possess nails like thunderbolts; vajra-daṁṣṭra — O You who possess teeth like thunderbolts; karma-āśayān — demoniac desires to be happy by material activities; randhaya randhaya — kindly vanquish; tamaḥ — ignorance in the material world; grasa — kindly drive away; grasa — kindly drive away; om — O my Lord; svāhā — respectful oblations; abhayam — fearlessness; abhayam — fearlessness; ātmani — in my mind; bhūyiṣṭhāḥ — may You appear; om — O Lord; kṣraum — the bīja, or seed, of mantras offering prayers to Lord Nṛsiṁha.

Translation

I offer my respectful obeisances unto Lord Nṛsiṁhadeva, the source of all power. O my Lord who possess nails and teeth just like thunderbolts, kindly vanquish our demonlike desires for fruitive activity in this material world. Please appear in our hearts and drive away our ignorance so that by Your mercy we may become fearless in the struggle for existence in this material world.

ŚB 5.18.12

यस्यास्ति भक्तिर्भगवत्यकिञ्चनासर्वैर्गुणैस्तत्र समासते सुरा: ।

हरावभक्तस्य कुतो महद्गुणामनोरथेनासति धावतो बहि: ॥ १२ ॥

yasyāsti bhaktir bhagavaty akiñcanā

sarvair guṇais tatra samāsate surāḥ

harāv abhaktasya kuto mahad-guṇā

manorathenāsati dhāvato bahiḥ

Synonyms

yasya — of whom; asti — there is; bhaktiḥ — devotional service; bhagavati — to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; akiñcanā — without any motive; sarvaiḥ — with all; guṇaiḥ — good qualities; tatra — there (in that person); samāsate — reside; surāḥ — all the demigods; harau — unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; abhaktasya — of a person who is not devoted; kutaḥ — where; mahat-guṇāḥ — good qualities; manorathena — by mental speculation; asati — in the temporary material world; dhāvataḥ — who is running; bahiḥ — outside.

Translation

All the demigods and their exalted qualities, such as religion, knowledge and renunciation, become manifest in the body of one who has developed unalloyed devotion for the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Vāsudeva. On the other hand, a person devoid of devotional service and engaged in material activities has no good qualities. Even if he is adept at the practice of mystic yoga or the honest endeavor of maintaining his family and relatives, he must be driven by his own mental speculations and must engage in the service of the Lord’s external energy. How can there be any good qualities in such a man?

ŚB 5.26.38

निवृत्तिलक्षणमार्ग आदावेव व्याख्यात: ।

 एतावानेवाण्डकोशो यश्चतुर्दशधा पुराणेषु विकल्पित उपगीयते यत्तद्भ‍गवतो नारायणस्य साक्षान्महापुरुषस्य स्थविष्ठं रूपमात्ममायागुणमयमनुवर्णितमाद‍ृत: पठति श‍ृणोति श्रावयति स उपगेयं भगवत: परमात्मनोऽग्राह्यमपि श्रद्धाभक्तिविशुद्धबुद्धिर्वेद 

॥३८ ॥

nivṛtti-lakṣaṇa-mārga ādāv eva vyākhyātaḥ; 

etāvān evāṇḍa-kośo yaś caturdaśadhā purāṇeṣu

 vikalpita upagīyate yat tad bhagavato nārāyaṇasya

 sākṣān mahā-puruṣasya sthaviṣṭhaṁ rūpam

 ātmamāyā-guṇamayam anuvarṇitam ādṛtaḥ paṭhati 

śṛṇoti śrāvayati sa upageyaṁ bhagavataḥ

 paramātmano ’grāhyam api 

śraddhā-bhakti-viśuddha-buddhir veda.

Synonyms

nivṛtti-lakṣaṇa-mārgaḥ — the path symptomized by renunciation, or the path of liberation; ādau — in the beginning (the second and third cantos); eva — indeed; vyākhyātaḥ — described; etāvān — this much; eva — certainly; aṇḍa-kośaḥ — the universe, which resembles a big egg; yaḥ — which; caturdaśa-dhā — in fourteen parts; purāṇeṣu — in the Purāṇas; vikalpitaḥ — divided; upagīyate — is described; yat — which; tat — that; bhagavataḥ — of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; nārāyaṇasya — of Lord Nārāyaṇa; sākṣāt — directly; mahā-puruṣasya — of the Supreme Person; sthaviṣṭham — the gross; rūpam — form; ātma-māyā — of His own energy; guṇa — of the qualities; mayam — consisting; anuvarṇitam — described; ādṛtaḥ — venerating; paṭhati — one reads; śṛṇoti — or hears; śrāvayati — or explains; saḥ — that person; upageyam — song; bhagavataḥ — of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; paramātmanaḥ — of the Supersoul; agrāhyam — difficult to understand; api — although; śraddhā — by faith; bhakti — and devotion; viśuddha — purified; buddhiḥ — whose intelligence; veda — understands.

Translation

In the beginning [the second and third cantos of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam] I have already described how one can progress on the path of liberation. In the Purāṇas the vast universal existence, which is like an egg divided into fourteen parts, is described. This vast form is considered the external body of the Lord, created by His energy and qualities. It is generally called the virāṭ-rūpa. If one reads the description of this external form of the Lord with great faith, or if one hears about it or explains it to others to propagate bhāgavata-dharma, or Kṛṣṇa consciousness, his faith and devotion in spiritual consciousness, Kṛṣṇa consciousness, will gradually increase. Although developing this consciousness is very difficult, by this process one can purify himself and gradually come to an awareness of the Supreme Absolute Truth.

ŚB 6.1.15

केचित्केवलया भक्त्या वासुदेवपरायणा: ।

अघं धुन्वन्ति कार्त्स्‍न्येन नीहारमिव भास्कर: ॥ १५ ॥

kecit kevalayā bhaktyā

vāsudeva-parāyaṇāḥ

aghaṁ dhunvanti kārtsnyena

nīhāram iva bhāskaraḥ

Synonyms

kecit — some people; kevalayā bhaktyā — by executing unalloyed devotional service; vāsudeva — to Lord Kṛṣṇa, the all-pervading Supreme Personality of Godhead; parāyaṇāḥ — completely attached (only to such service, without dependence on austerity, penance, cultivation of knowledge or pious activities); agham — all kinds of sinful reactions; dhunvanti — destroy; kārtsnyena — completely (with no possibility that sinful desires will revive); nīhāram — fog; iva — like; bhāskaraḥ — the sun.

Translation

Only a rare person who has adopted complete, unalloyed devotional service to Kṛṣṇa can uproot the weeds of sinful actions with no possibility that they will revive. He can do this simply by discharging devotional service, just as the sun can immediately dissipate fog by its rays.

SB 6.3.20-21 

svayambhūr nāradaḥ śambhuḥ
kumāraḥ kapilo manuḥ
prahlādo janako bhīṣmo
balir vaiyāsakir vayam

dvādaśaite vijānīmo
dharmaṁ bhāgavataṁ bhaṭāḥ
guhyaṁ viśuddhaṁ durbodhaṁ
yaṁ jñātvāmṛtam aśnute

SYNONYMS
svayambhūḥ — Lord Brahmā; nāradaḥ — the great saint Nārada; śambhuḥ — Lord Śiva; kumāraḥ — the four Kumāras; kapilaḥ — Lord Kapila; manuḥ — Svāyambhuva Manu; prahlādaḥ — Prahlāda Mahārāja; janakaḥ — Janaka Mahārāja; bhīṣmaḥ — Grandfather Bhīṣma; baliḥ — Bali Mahārāja; vaiyāsakiḥ — Śukadeva, the son of Vyāsadeva; vayam — we; dvādaśa—twelve; ete—these; vijānīmaḥ—know; dharmam—real religious principles; bhāgavatam—which teach a person how to love the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhaṭāḥ—O my dear servants; guhyam—very confidential; viśuddham—transcendental, not contaminated by the material modes of nature; durbodham—not easily understood; yam—which; jñātvā—understanding; amṛtam—eternal life; aśnute—he enjoys.

TRANSLATION
Lord Brahmā, Bhagavān Nārada, Lord Śiva, the four Kumāras, Lord Kapila [the son of Devahūti], Svāyambhuva Manu, Prahlāda Mahārāja, Janaka Mahārāja, Grandfather Bhīṣma, Bali Mahārāja, Śukadeva Gosvāmī and I myself know the real religious principle. My dear servants, this transcendental religious principle, which is known as bhāgavata-dharma, or surrender unto the Supreme Lord and love for Him, is uncontaminated by the material modes of nature. It is very confidential and difficult for ordinary human beings to understand, but if by chance one fortunately understands it, he is immediately liberated, and thus he returns home, back to Godhead.

ŚB 6.11.24 

अहं हरे तव पादैकमूल- दासानुदासो भवितास्मि भूय: । 

मन: स्मरेतासुपतेर्गुणांस्ते गृणीत वाक् कर्म करोतु काय: ॥ २४ ॥ 

ahaṁ hare tava pādaika-mūla- 

dāsānudāso bhavitāsmi bhūyaḥ 

manaḥ smaretāsu-pater guṇāṁs te 

gṛṇīta vāk karma karotu kāyaḥ 

Synonyms

  aham — I; hare — O my Lord; tava — of Your Lordship; pāda-eka-mūla — whose only shelter is the lotus feet; dāsa-anudāsaḥ — the servant of Your servant; bhavitāsmi — shall I become; bhūyaḥ — again; manaḥ — my mind; smareta — may remember; asu-pateḥ — of the Lord of my life; guṇān — the attributes; te — of Your Lordship; gṛṇīta — may chant; vāk — my words; karma — activities of service to You; karotu — may perform; kāyaḥ — my body.  

Translation 

 O my Lord, O Supreme Personality of Godhead, will I again be able to be a servant of Your eternal servants who find shelter only at Your lotus feet? O Lord of my life, may I again become their servant so that my mind may always think of Your transcendental attributes, my words always glorify those attributes, and my body always engage in the loving service of Your Lordship?

Purport 

 This verse gives the sum and substance of devotional life. […]

ŚB 6.11.25 

न नाकपृष्ठं न च पारमेष्ठ्यं न सार्वभौमं न रसाधिपत्यम् । 

न योगसिद्धीरपुनर्भवं वा समञ्जस त्वा विरहय्य काङ्‌क्षे ॥ २५ ॥ 

na nāka-pṛṣṭhaṁ na ca pārameṣṭhyaṁ 

na sārva-bhaumaṁ na rasādhipatyam 

na yoga-siddhīr apunar-bhavaṁ vā 

samañjasa tvā virahayya kāṅkṣe 

Synonyms  

na — not; nāka-pṛṣṭham — the heavenly planets or Dhruvaloka; na — nor; ca — also; pārameṣṭhyam — the planet on which Lord Brahmā resides; na — nor; sārva-bhaumam — sovereignty of the whole earthly planetary system; na — nor; rasā-ādhipatyam — sovereignty of the lower planetary systems; na — nor; yoga-siddhīḥ — eight kinds of mystic yogic power (aṇimā, laghimā, mahimā, etc.); apunaḥ-bhavam — liberation from rebirth in a material body; vā — or; samañjasa — O source of all opportunities; tvā — You; virahayya — being separated from; kāṅkṣe — I desire. 

 Translation  

O my Lord, source of all opportunities, I do not desire to enjoy in Dhruvaloka, the heavenly planets or the planet where Lord Brahmā resides, nor do I want to be the supreme ruler of all the earthly planets or the lower planetary systems. I do not desire to be master of the powers of mystic yoga, nor do I want liberation if I have to give up Your lotus feet.

ŚB 6.11.26 

अजातपक्षा इव मातरं खगा: स्तन्यं यथा वत्सतरा: क्षुधार्ता: । 

प्रियं प्रियेव व्युषितं विषण्णा मनोऽरविन्दाक्ष दिद‍ृक्षते त्वाम् ॥ २६ ॥

 ajāta-pakṣā iva mātaraṁ khagāḥ 

stanyaṁ yathā vatsatarāḥ kṣudh-ārtāḥ 

priyaṁ priyeva vyuṣitaṁ viṣaṇṇā 

mano ’ravindākṣa didṛkṣate tvām 

Synonyms  

ajāta-pakṣāḥ — who have not yet grown wings; iva — like; mātaram — the mother; khagāḥ — small birds; stanyam — the milk from the udder; yathā — just as; vatsatarāḥ — the young calves; kṣudh-ārtāḥ — distressed by hunger; priyam — the beloved or husband; priyā — the wife or lover; iva — like; vyuṣitam — who is away from home; viṣaṇṇā — morose; manaḥ — my mind; aravinda-akṣa — O lotus-eyed one; didṛkṣate — wants to see; tvām — You.  

Translation  

O lotus-eyed Lord, as baby birds that have not yet developed their wings always look for their mother to return and feed them, as small calves tied with ropes await anxiously the time of milking, when they will be allowed to drink the milk of their mothers, or as a morose wife whose husband is away from home always longs for him to return and satisfy her in all respects, I always yearn for the opportunity to render direct service unto You.

ŚB 6.11.27 

ममोत्तमश्लोकजनेषु सख्यं संसारचक्रे भ्रमत: स्वकर्मभि: । 

त्वन्माययात्मात्मजदारगेहे- ष्वासक्तचित्तस्य न नाथ भूयात् ॥ २७ ॥

 mamottamaśloka-janeṣu sakhyaṁ 

saṁsāra-cakre bhramataḥ sva-karmabhiḥ 

tvan-māyayātmātmaja-dāra-geheṣv 

āsakta-cittasya na nātha bhūyāt

Synonyms  

mama — my; uttama-śloka-janeṣu — among devotees who are simply attached to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakhyam — friendship; saṁsāra-cakre — in the cycle of birth and death; bhramataḥ — who am wandering; sva-karmabhiḥ — by the results of my own fruitive activities; tvat-māyayā — by Your external energy; ātma — to the body; ātma-ja — children; dāra — wife; geheṣu — and home; āsakta — attached; cittasya — whose mind; na — not; nātha — O my Lord; bhūyāt — may there be.  

Translation  

O my Lord, my master, I am wandering throughout this material world as a result of my fruitive activities. Therefore I simply seek friendship in the association of Your pious and enlightened devotees. My attachment to my body, wife, children and home is continuing by the spell of Your external energy, but I wish to be attached to them no longer. Let my mind, my consciousness and everything I have be attached only to You.

ŚB 6.14.5

मुक्तानामपि सिद्धानां नारायणपरायण: ।

सुदुर्लभ: प्रशान्तात्मा कोटिष्वपि महामुने ॥ ५ ॥

muktānām api siddhānāṁ

nārāyaṇa-parāyaṇaḥ

su-durlabhaḥ praśāntātmā

koṭiṣv api mahā-mune

Synonyms

muktānām — of those who are liberated during this life (who are unattached to the bodily comforts of society, friendship and love); api — even; siddhānām — who are perfect (because they understand the insignificance of bodily comforts); nārāyaṇa-parāyaṇaḥ — a person who has concluded that Nārāyaṇa is the Supreme; su-durlabhaḥ — very rarely found; praśānta — fully pacified; ātmā — whose mind; koṭiṣu* — out of millions and trillions; api — even; mahā-mune — O great sage.

Translation

O great sage, among many millions who are liberated and perfect in knowledge of liberation, one may be a devotee of Lord Nārāyaṇa, or Kṛṣṇa. Such devotees, who are fully peaceful, are extremely rare.

SB 7.5.5

śrī-prahlāda uvāca

tat sādhu manye ’sura-varya dehināṁ

sadā samudvigna-dhiyām asad-grahāt

hitvātma-pātaṁ gṛham andha-kūpaṁ

vanaṁ gato yad dharim āśrayeta

Synonyms

śrī-prahlādaḥ uvāca — Prahlāda Mahārāja replied; tat — that; sādhu — very good, or the best part of life; manye — I think; asura-varya — O King of the asuras; dehinām — of persons who have accepted the material body; sadā — always; samudvigna — full of anxieties; dhiyām — whose intelligence; asat-grahāt — because of accepting the temporary body or bodily relations as real (thinking “I am this body, and everything belonging to this body is mine”); hitvā — giving up; ātma-pātam — the place where spiritual culture or self-realization is stopped; gṛham — the bodily concept of life, or household life; andha-kūpam — which is nothing but a blind well (where there is no water but one nonetheless searches for water); vanam — to the forest; gataḥ — going; yat — which; harim — the Supreme Personality of Godhead; āśrayeta — may take shelter of.

Translation

Prahlāda Mahārāja replied: O best of the asuras, King of the demons, as far as I have learned from my spiritual master, any person who has accepted a temporary body and temporary household life is certainly embarrassed by anxiety because of having fallen in a dark well where there is no water but only suffering. One should give up this position and go to the forest [vana]. More clearly, one should go to Vṛndāvana, where only Kṛṣṇa consciousness is prevalent, and should thus take shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

SB 7.5.23-24

śrī-prahrāda uvāca

śravaṇaṁ kīrtanaṁ viṣṇoḥ

smaraṇaṁ pāda-sevanam

arcanaṁ vandanaṁ dāsyaṁ

sakhyam ātma-nivedanam

iti puṁsārpitā viṣṇau

bhaktiś cen nava-lakṣaṇā

kriyeta bhagavaty addhātan 

manye ’dhītam uttamam

Synonyms

śrī-prahrādaḥ uvāca — Prahlāda Mahārāja said; śravaṇam — hearing; kīrtanam — chanting; viṣṇoḥ — of Lord Viṣṇu (not anyone else); smaraṇam — remembering; pāda-sevanam — serving the feet; arcanam — offering worship (with ṣoḍaśopacāra, the sixteen kinds of paraphernalia); vandanam — offering prayers; dāsyam — becoming the servant; sakhyam — becoming the best friend; ātma-nivedanam — surrendering everything, whatever one has; iti — thus; puṁsā arpitā — offered by the devotee; viṣṇau — unto Lord Viṣṇu (not to anyone else); bhaktiḥ — devotional service; cet — if; nava-lakṣaṇā — possessing nine different processes; kriyeta — one should perform; bhagavati — unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; addhā — directly or completely; tat — that; manye — I consider; adhītam — learning; uttamam — topmost.

Translation

Prahlāda Mahārāja said: Hearing and chanting about the transcendental holy name, form, qualities, paraphernalia and pastimes of Lord Viṣṇu, remembering them, serving the lotus feet of the Lord, offering the Lord respectful worship with sixteen types of paraphernalia, offering prayers to the Lord, becoming His servant, considering the Lord one’s best friend, and surrendering everything unto Him (in other words, serving Him with the body, mind and words) — these nine processes are accepted as pure devotional service. One who has dedicated his life to the service of Kṛṣṇa through these nine methods should be understood to be the most learned person, for he has acquired complete knowledge.

SB 7.5.32

नैषां मतिस्तावदुरुक्रमाङ्‌घ्रिंस्पृशत्यनर्थापगमो यदर्थ:

 ।महीयसां पादरजोऽभिषेकंनिष्किञ्चनानां न वृणीत यावत् ॥ ३२ ॥

naiṣāṁ matis tāvad urukramāṅghriṁ

spṛśaty anarthāpagamo yad-arthaḥ

mahīyasāṁ pāda-rajo-’bhiṣekaṁ

niṣkiñcanānāṁ na vṛṇīta yāvat

Synonyms

na — not; eṣām — of these; matiḥ — the consciousness; tāvat — that long; urukrama-aṅghrim — the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is famous for performing uncommon activities; spṛśati — does touch; anartha — of unwanted things; apagamaḥ — the disappearance; yat — of which; arthaḥ — the purpose; mahīyasām — of the great souls (the mahātmās, or devotees); pāda-rajaḥ — by the dust of the lotus feet; abhiṣekam — consecration; niṣkiñcanānām — of devotees who have nothing to do with this material world; na — not; vṛṇīta — may accept; yāvat — as long as.

Translation

Unless they smear upon their bodies the dust of the lotus feet of a Vaiṣṇava completely freed from material contamination, persons very much inclined toward materialistic life cannot be attached to the lotus feet of the Lord, who is glorified for His uncommon activities. Only by becoming Kṛṣṇa conscious and taking shelter at the lotus feet of the Lord in this way can one be freed from material contamination.

ŚB 7.6.1

श्रीप्रह्राद उवाचकौमार आचरेत्प्राज्ञो धर्मान्भागवतानिह ।

दुर्लभं मानुषं जन्म तदप्यध्रुवमर्थदम् ॥ १ ॥

śrī-prahrāda uvāca

kaumāra ācaret prājño

dharmān bhāgavatān iha

durlabhaṁ mānuṣaṁ janma

tad apy adhruvam arthadam

Synonyms

śrī-prahrādaḥ uvāca — Prahlāda Mahārāja said; kaumāraḥ — in the tender age of childhood; ācaret — should practice; prājñaḥ — one who is intelligent; dharmān — occupational duties; bhāgavatān — which are devotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; iha — in this life; durlabham — very rarely obtained; mānuṣam — human; janma — birth; tat — that; api — even; adhruvam — impermanent, temporary; artha-dam — full of meaning.

Translation

Prahlāda Mahārāja said: One who is sufficiently intelligent should use the human form of body from the very beginning of life — in other words, from the tender age of childhood — to practice the activities of devotional service, giving up all other engagements. The human body is most rarely achieved, and although temporary like other bodies, it is meaningful because in human life one can perform devotional service. Even a slight amount of sincere devotional service can give one complete perfection.

ŚB 7.6.10

को न्वर्थतृष्णां विसृजेत्प्राणेभ्योऽपि य ईप्सित: ।

यं क्रीणात्यसुभि: प्रेष्ठैस्तस्कर: सेवको वणिक् ॥ १० ॥

ko nv artha-tṛṣṇāṁ visṛjet

prāṇebhyo ’pi ya īpsitaḥ

yaṁ krīṇāty asubhiḥ preṣṭhais

taskaraḥ sevako vaṇik

Synonyms

kaḥ — who; nu — indeed; artha-tṛṣṇām — a strong desire to acquire money; visṛjet — can give up; prāṇebhyaḥ — than life; api — indeed; yaḥ — which; īpsitaḥ — more desired; yam — which; krīṇāti — tries to acquire; asubhiḥ — with his own life; preṣṭhaiḥ — very dear; taskaraḥ — a thief; sevakaḥ — a professional servant; vaṇik — a merchant.

Translation

Money is so dear that one conceives of money as being sweeter than honey. Therefore, who can give up the desire to accumulate money, especially in household life? Thieves, professional servants [soldiers] and merchants try to acquire money even by risking their very dear lives.

ŚB 7.9.45

यन्मैथुनादिगृहमेधिसुखं हि तुच्छं

कण्डूयनेन करयोरिव दु:खदु:खम् ।

तृप्यन्ति नेह कृपणा बहुदु:खभाज:

कण्डूतिवन्मनसिजं विषहेत धीर: ॥ ४५ ॥

yan maithunādi-gṛhamedhi-sukhaṁ hi tucchaṁ

kaṇḍūyanena karayor iva duḥkha-duḥkham

tṛpyanti neha kṛpaṇā bahu-duḥkha-bhājaḥ

    kaṇḍūtivan manasijaṁ viṣaheta dhīraḥ

Synonyms

yat — that which (is meant for material sense gratification); maithuna-ādi — represented by talking of sex, reading sexual literature or enjoying sex life (at home or outside, as in a club); gṛhamedhi-sukham — all types of material happiness based on attachment to family, society, friendship, etc.; hi — indeed; tuccham — insignificant; kaṇḍūyanena — with the itching; karayoḥ — of the two hands (to relieve the itching); iva — like; duḥkha-duḥkham — different types of unhappiness (into which one is put after such itching sense gratification); tṛpyanti — become satisfied; na — never; iha — in material sense gratification; kṛpaṇāḥ — the foolish persons; bahu-duḥkha-bhājaḥ — subjected to various types of material unhappiness; kaṇḍūti-vat — if one can learn from such itching; manasi-jam — which is simply a mental concoction (actually there is no happiness); viṣaheta — and tolerates (such itching); dhīraḥ — (he can become) a most perfect, sober person.

Translation

Sex life is compared to the rubbing of two hands to relieve an itch. Gṛhamedhis, so-called gṛhasthas who have no spiritual knowledge, think that this itching is the greatest platform of happiness, although actually it is a source of distress. The kṛpaṇas, the fools who are just the opposite of brāhmaṇas, are not satisfied by repeated sensuous enjoyment. Those who are dhīra, however, who are sober and who tolerate this itching, are not subjected to the sufferings of fools and rascals.

ŚB 8.1.10

आत्मावास्यमिदं विश्वं यत् किञ्चिज्ज‍गत्यां जगत् ।

तेन त्यक्तेन भुञ्जीथा मा गृध: कस्यस्विद्धनम् ॥ १० ॥

ātmāvāsyam idaṁ viśvaṁ

yat kiñcij jagatyāṁ jagat

tena tyaktena bhuñjīthā

mā gṛdhaḥ kasya svid dhanam

Synonyms

ātma — the Supersoul; āvāsyam — living everywhere; idam — this universe; viśvam — all universes, all places; yat — whatever; kiñcit — everything that exists; jagatyām — in this world, everywhere; jagat — everything, animate and inanimate; tena — by Him; tyaktena — allotted; bhuñjīthāḥ — you may enjoy; mā — do not; gṛdhaḥ — accept; kasya svit — of anyone else; dhanam — the property.

Translation

Within this universe, the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His Supersoul feature is present everywhere, wherever there are animate or inanimate beings. Therefore, one should accept only that which is allotted to him; one should not desire to infringe upon the property of others.

ŚB 10.2.14 

सन्दिष्टैवं भगवता तथेत्योमिति तद्वच: । 

प्रतिगृह्य परिक्रम्य गां गता तत् तथाकरोत् ॥ १४ ॥ 

sandiṣṭaivaṁ bhagavatā 

tathety om iti tad-vacaḥ

 pratigṛhya parikramya

 gāṁ gatā tat tathākarot

 Synonyms

  sandiṣṭā — having been ordered; evam — thus; bhagavatā — by the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tathā iti — so be it; om — affirmation by the mantra om; iti — thus; tat-vacaḥ — His words; pratigṛhya — accepting the order; parikramya — after circumambulating Him; gām — to the surface of the globe; gatā — she immediately went; tat — the order, as given by the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tathā — just so; akarot — executed.  

Translation  

Thus instructed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Yoga-māyā immediately agreed. With the Vedic mantra om, she confirmed that she would do what He asked. Thus having accepted the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, she circumambulated Him and started for the place on earth known as Nanda-gokula. There she did everything just as she had been told.

Purport by MGDas

Tathety. OM. - So be it. Om.

Purport

After receiving the orders of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Yoga-māyā twice confirmed her acceptance by saying, “Yes, sir, I shall do as You order,” and then saying om. […]

ŚB 10.2.32

येऽन्येऽरविन्दाक्ष विमुक्तमानिन-स्त्वय्यस्तभावादविशुद्धबुद्धय: ।

आरुह्य कृच्छ्रेण परं पदं तत:पतन्त्यधोऽनाद‍ृतयुष्मदङ्‌घ्रय: ॥ ३२ ॥

ye ’nye ’ravindākṣa vimukta-māninas

tvayy asta-bhāvād aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ

āruhya kṛcchreṇa paraṁ padaṁ tataḥ

patanty adho ’nādṛta-yuṣmad-aṅghrayaḥ

Synonyms

ye anye — anyone, or all others; aravinda-akṣa — O lotus-eyed one; vimukta-māninaḥ — falsely considering themselves free from the bondage of material contamination; tvayi — unto You; asta-bhāvāt — speculating in various ways but not knowing or desiring more information of Your lotus feet; aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ — whose intelligence is still not purified and who do not know the goal of life; āruhya — even though achieving; kṛcchreṇa — by undergoing severe austerities, penances and hard labor; param padam — the highest position (according to their imagination and speculation); tataḥ — from that position; patanti — they fall; adhaḥ — down into material existence again; anādṛta — neglecting devotion to; yuṣmat — Your; aṅghrayaḥ — lotus feet.

Translation

[Someone may say that aside from devotees, who always seek shelter at the Lord’s lotus feet, there are those who are not devotees but who have accepted different processes for attaining salvation. What happens to them? In answer to this question, Lord Brahmā and the other demigods said:] O lotus-eyed Lord, although nondevotees who accept severe austerities and penances to achieve the highest position may think themselves liberated, their intelligence is impure. They fall down from their position of imagined superiority because they have no regard for Your lotus feet.

Paribhasa sutra of the tenth canto of Srimad Bhagavatam

ŚB 10.8.45

त्रय्या चोपनिषद्भ‍िश्च साङ्ख्ययोगैश्च सात्वतै: ।

उपगीयमानमाहात्म्यं हरिं सामन्यतात्मजम् ॥ ४५ ॥

trayyā copaniṣadbhiś ca

sāṅkhya-yogaiś ca sātvataiḥ

upagīyamāna-māhātmyaṁ

hariṁ sāmanyatātmajam

Synonyms

trayyā — by studying the three Vedas (Sāma, Yajur and Atharva); ca — also; upaniṣadbhiḥ ca — and by studying the Vedic knowledge of the Upaniṣads; sāṅkhya-yogaiḥ — by reading the literature of sāṅkhya-yoga; ca — and; sātvataiḥ — by the great sages and devotees, or by reading Vaiṣṇava-tantra, Pañcarātras; upagīyamāna-māhātmyam — whose glories are worshiped (by all these Vedic literatures); harim — unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sā — she; amanyata — considered (ordinary); ātmajam — as her own son.

Translation

The glories of the Supreme Personality of Godhead are studied through the three Vedas, the Upaniṣads, the literature of Sāṅkhya-yoga, and other Vaiṣṇava literature, yet mother Yaśodā considered that Supreme Person her ordinary child.

ŚB 10.12.11

इत्थं सतां ब्रह्मसुखानुभूत्या

दास्यं गतानां परदैवतेन ।

मायाश्रितानां नरदारकेण

साकं विजह्रु: कृतपुण्यपुञ्जा: ॥ ११ ॥

itthaṁ satāṁ brahma-sukhānubhūtyā

dāsyaṁ gatānāṁ para-daivatena

māyāśritānāṁ nara-dārakeṇa

sākaṁ vijahruḥ kṛta-puṇya-puñjāḥ

Synonyms

ittham — in this way; satām — of the transcendentalists; brahma-sukha-anubhūtyā — with Kṛṣṇa, the source of brahma-sukha (Kṛṣṇa is Parabrahman, and from Him originates His personal effulgence); dāsyam — servitorship; gatānām — of the devotees who have accepted; para-daivatena — with the Supreme Personality of Godhead; māyā-āśritānām — for those in the clutches of material energy; nara-dārakeṇa — with Him who is like an ordinary child; sākam — along with; vijahruḥ — enjoyed; kṛta-puṇya-puñjāḥ — all these boys, who had accumulated the results of life after life of pious activities.

Translation

In this way*, all the cowherd boys used to play with Kṛṣṇa, who is the source of the Brahman effulgence for jñānīs desiring to merge into that effulgence, who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead for devotees who have accepted eternal servitorship, and who for ordinary persons is but another ordinary child. The cowherd boys, having accumulated the results of pious activities for many lives, were able to associate in this way with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. How can one explain their great fortune?

*All the boys would be differently engaged. Some boys blew their flutes, and others blew bugles made of horn. Some imitated the buzzing of the bumblebees, and others imitated the voice of the cuckoo. Some boys imitated flying birds by running after the birds’ shadows on the ground, some imitated the beautiful movements and attractive postures of the swans, some sat down with the ducks, sitting silently, and others imitated the dancing of the peacocks. Some boys attracted young monkeys in the trees, some jumped into the trees, imitating the monkeys, some made faces as the monkeys were accustomed to do, and others jumped from one branch to another. Some boys went to the waterfalls and crossed over the river, jumping with the frogs, and when they saw their own reflections on the water they would laugh. They would also condemn the sounds of their own echoes. 

ŚB 10.14.4

श्रेय:सृतिं भक्तिमुदस्य ते विभोक्लिश्यन्ति ये केवलबोधलब्धये ।

तेषामसौ क्लेशल एव शिष्यतेनान्यद् यथा स्थूलतुषावघातिनाम् ॥ ४ ॥

śreyaḥ-sṛtiṁ bhaktim udasya te vibho

kliśyanti ye kevala-bodha-labdhaye

teṣām asau kleśala eva śiṣyate

nānyad yathā sthūla-tuṣāvaghātinām

Synonyms

śreyaḥ — of supreme benefit; sṛtim — the path; bhaktim — devotional service; udasya — rejecting; te — they; vibho — O almighty Lord; kliśyanti — struggle; ye — who; kevala — exclusive; bodha — of knowledge; labdhaye — for the achievement; teṣām — for them; asau — this; kleśalaḥ — botheration; eva — merely; śiṣyate — remains; na — nothing; anyat — other; yathā — just as; sthūla-tuṣa — empty husks; avaghātinām — for those who are beating.

Translation

My dear Lord, devotional service unto You is the best path for self-realization. If someone gives up that path and engages in the cultivation of speculative knowledge, he will simply undergo a troublesome process and will not achieve his desired result. As a person who beats an empty husk of wheat cannot get grain, one who simply speculates cannot achieve self-realization. His only gain is trouble.

SB 10.14.8

tat te ’nukampāṁ su-samīkṣamāṇo

 bhuñjāna evātma-kṛtaṁ vipākam

 hṛd-vāg-vapurbhir vidadhan namas te

 jīveta yo mukti-pade sa dāya-bhāk 

Synonyms

 tat — therefore; te — Your; anukampām — compassion; su-samīkṣamāṇaḥ — earnestly hoping for; bhuñjānaḥ — enduring; eva — certainly; ātma-kṛtam — done by himself; vipākam — the fruitive results; hṛt — with his heart; vāk — words; vapurbhiḥ — and body; vidadhan — offering; namaḥ — obeisances; te — unto You; jīveta — lives; yaḥ — anyone who; mukti-pade — to the position of liberation; saḥ — he; dāya-bhāk — the rightful heir. 

 Translation 

My dear Lord, one who earnestly waits for You to bestow Your causeless mercy upon him, all the while patiently suffering the reactions of his past misdeeds and offering You respectful obeisances with his heart, words and body, is surely eligible for liberation, for it has become his rightful claim.

For the purport please also check Nectar of Devotion, Chapter Ten, Expecting the Lord's Mercy where Srila Prabhupada says: This statement of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam should be the guide of all devotees.
 

ŚB 10.14.14 

नारायणस्त्वं न हि सर्वदेहिना- 

मात्मास्यधीशाखिललोकसाक्षी । 

नारायणोऽङ्गं नरभूजलायना- 

त्तच्चापि सत्यं न तवैव माया ॥ १४ ॥ 

nārāyaṇas tvaṁ na hi sarva-dehinām

 ātmāsy adhīśākhila-loka-sākṣī 

nārāyaṇo ’ṅgaṁ nara-bhū-jalāyanāt

 tac cāpi satyaṁ na tavaiva māyā 

Synonyms  

nārāyaṇaḥ — the Supreme Lord Nārāyaṇa; tvam — You; na — not; hi — whether; sarva — of all; dehinām — embodied living beings; ātmā — the Supersoul; asi — You are; adhīśa — O supreme controller; akhila — of all; loka — planets; sākṣī — the witness; nārāyaṇaḥ — Lord Śrī Nārāyaṇa; aṅgam — the expanded plenary portion; nara — from the Supreme Personality; bhū — originating; jala — of the water; ayanāt — because of being the manifesting source; tat — that (expansion); ca — and; api — indeed; satyam — true; na — not; tava — Your; eva — at all; māyā — illusory energy.  

Translation 

 Are You not the original Nārāyaṇa, O supreme controller, since You are the Soul of every embodied being and the eternal witness of all created realms? Indeed, Lord Nārāyaṇa is Your expansion, and He is called Nārāyaṇa because He is the generating source of the primeval water of the universe. He is real, not a product of Your illusory Māyā.

ŚB 10.14.58

समाश्रिता ये पदपल्लवप्लवंमहत्पदं पुण्ययशो मुरारे: ।

भवाम्बुधिर्वत्सपदं परं पदंपदं पदं यद् विपदां न तेषाम् ॥ ५८ ॥

samāśritā ye pada-pallava-plavaṁ

mahat-padaṁ puṇya-yaśo murāreḥ

bhavāmbudhir vatsa-padaṁ paraṁ padaṁ

padaṁ padaṁ yad vipadāṁ na teṣām

Synonyms

samāśritāḥ — having taken shelter; ye — those who; pada — of the feet; pallava — like flower buds; plavam — which are a boat; mahat — of the total material creation, or of the great souls; padam — the shelter; puṇya — supremely pious; yaśaḥ — whose fame; mura-areḥ — of the enemy of the demon Mura; bhava — of the material existence; ambudhiḥ — the ocean; vatsa-padam — the hoof-print of a calf; param padam — the supreme abode, Vaikuṇṭha; padam padam — at every step; yat — where; vipadām — of material miseries; na — none; teṣām — for them.

Translation

For those who have accepted the boat of the lotus feet of the Lord, who is the shelter of the cosmic manifestation and is famous as Murāri, the enemy of the Mura demon, the ocean of the material world is like the water contained in a calf’s hoof-print. Their goal is paraṁ padam, Vaikuṇṭha, the place where there are no material miseries, not the place where there is danger at every step.

ŚB 10.22.35 

एतावज्जन्मसाफल्यं देहिनामिह देहिषु ।

 प्राणैरर्थैर्धिया वाचा श्रेयआचरणं सदा ॥ ३५ ॥ 

etāvaj janma-sāphalyaṁ 

dehinām iha dehiṣu 

prāṇair arthair dhiyā vācā 

śreya-ācaraṇaṁ sadā 

Synonyms 

 etāvat — up to this; janma — of birth; sāphalyam — perfection; dehinām — of every living being; iha — in this world; dehiṣu — toward those who are embodied; prāṇaiḥ — by life; arthaiḥ — by wealth; dhiyā — by intelligence; vācā — by words; śreyaḥ — eternal good fortune; ācaraṇam — acting practically; sadā — always.  

Translation  

It is the duty of every living being to perform welfare activities for the benefit of others with his life, wealth, intelligence and words. 

 Purport 

 This translation is quoted from Śrīla Prabhupāda’s Caitanya-caritāmṛta (Ādi-līlā 9.42).

 10.29.27 

श्रवणाद् दर्शनाद्ध्यानान्मयि भावोऽनुकीर्तनात् । 

न तथा सन्निकर्षेण प्रतियात ततो गृहान् ॥ २७ ॥

 śravaṇād darśanād dhyānān

 mayi bhāvo ’nukīrtanāt 

na tathā sannikarṣeṇa 

pratiyāta tato gṛhān 

Synonyms  

śravaṇāt — by hearing (My glories); darśanāt — by viewing (My Deity form in the temple); dhyānāt — by meditation; mayi — for Me; bhāvaḥ — love; anukīrtanāt — by subsequent chanting; na — not; tathā — in the same way; sannikarṣeṇa — by physical proximity; pratiyāta — please return; tataḥ — therefore; gṛhān — to your homes.  

Translation 

 Transcendental love for Me arises by the devotional processes of hearing about Me, seeing My Deity form, meditating on Me and faithfully chanting My glories. The same result is not achieved by mere physical proximity. So please go back to your homes.

SB 10.30.28 

anayārādhito nūnaṁ

bhagavān harir īśvaraḥ

yan no vihāya govindaḥ

prīto yām anayad rahaḥ

Synonyms

anayā — by Her; ārādhitaḥ — perfectly worshiped; nūnam — certainly; bhagavan — the Personality of Godhead; hariḥ — Lord Kṛṣṇa; īśvaraḥ — the supreme controller; yat — inasmuch as; naḥ — us; vihāya — rejecting; govindaḥ — Lord Govinda; prītaḥ — pleased; yām — whom; anayat — led; rahaḥ — to a secluded place.

Translation

Certainly this particular gopī has perfectly worshiped the all-powerful Personality of Godhead, Govinda, since He was so pleased with Her that He abandoned the rest of us and brought Her to a secluded place.

Purport

Śrīla Viśvanātha Cakravartī explains that the word ārādhitaḥ refers to Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī. He comments, “The sage Śukadeva Gosvāmī has tried with all endeavor to keep Her name hidden, but now it automatically shines forth from the moon of his mouth. That he has spoken Her name is indeed Her mercy, and thus the word ārādhitaḥ is like the rumbling of a kettledrum sounded to announce Her great good fortune.” Although the gopīs spoke as if jealous of Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī, they were actually ecstatic to see that She had captured Śrī Kṛṣṇa.

Śrīla Viśvanātha Cakravartī quotes the following detailed description of Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī’s footprints, as given by Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī in his Śrī Ujjvala-nīlamaṇi: 

1. At the base of the large toe of Her left foot is the mark of a barleycorn, 

2. below that mark is a disc, 

3. below the disc is an umbrella,

4. and below the umbrella is a bracelet. 

5. A vertical line extends from the middle of Her foot to the juncture of Her large and second toes.  

6. At the base of the middle toe is a lotus, 

7. below that is a flag with a banner, 

8. and below the flag is a creeper, 

9. together with a flower.

10. At the base of Her small toe is an elephant goad, 

11. and upon Her heel is a half-moon. 

Thus there are eleven marks on Her left foot.

12. “At the base of the large toe of Her right foot is a conchshell, 

13. and below that a spear. 

14. At the base of the small toe of Her right foot is a sacrificial altar, 

15. below that an earring, 

16. and below the earring a club. 

17. Along the base of the second, third, fourth and small toes is the mark of a mountain,

18.  below which is a chariot, 

19. and on the heel is a fish.

“Thus all together there are nineteen distinguishing marks on the soles of Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī’s lotus feet.”

Left Lotus Foot: 11 Most Auspicious Marks

01. Barleycorn

02. Disc

03. Upcurving line

04. Lotus

05. Umbrella

06. Elephant Goad

07. Flag

08. Bracelet

09 . Flower

10. Creeper

11. Half Moon

Right Lotus Foot: 8 Most Auspicious Marks

01. Sacrificial Altar

02. Mountain

03. Conch

04. Earring

05. Club

06. Chariot

07. Spear

08. Fish

01. cchatra - Umbrella

02. ari - Disc

03. dhvaja - Flag

04. valli - Flowery Twig

05. puṣpa - Flower

06. valayan - Jewelled Bangle

07. padma - Lotus08. urdhva-rekha - Upward line

09. ankusham - Elephant Goad

10. ardhendu - Half Moon

11. yavaṁ - Barleycorn

12. śaktiṁ - Spear

13. gadaṁ - Club

14. syandanam - Chariot

15. vedi - Sacrificial Altar

16. kuṇḍala - Earrings

17. matsya - Fish

18. parvata - Mountain

19. daraṁ - Conch

From: vrindavan.de

Sri Radha-rasa-sudha-nidhi

The Nectar Moon of Sri Radha's Sweetness

By Srila Prabodhananda Saraswati

ŚB 10.31.9

तव कथामृतं तप्तजीवनंकविभिरीडितं कल्मषापहम् ।

श्रवणमङ्गलं श्रीमदाततंभुवि गृणन्ति ये भूरिदा जना: ॥ ९ ॥

tava kathāmṛtaṁ tapta-jīvanaṁ

kavibhir īḍitaṁ kalmaṣāpaham

śravaṇa-maṅgalaṁ śrīmad ātataṁ

bhuvi gṛṇanti ye bhūri-dā janāḥ

Synonyms

tava — Your; kathā-amṛtam — the nectar of words; tapta-jīvanam — life for those aggrieved in the material world; kavibhiḥ — by great thinkers; īḍitam — described; kalmaṣa-apaham — that which drives away sinful reactions; śravaṇa-maṅgalam — giving spiritual benefit when heard; śṛīmat — filled with spiritual power; ātatam — broadcast all over the world; bhuvi — in the material world; gṛṇanti — chant and spread; ye — those who; bhūri-dāḥ — most beneficent; janāḥ — persons.

Translation

The nectar of Your words and the descriptions of Your activities are the life and soul of those suffering in this material world. These narrations, transmitted by learned sages, eradicate one’s sinful reactions and bestow good fortune upon whoever hears them. These narrations are broadcast all over the world and are filled with spiritual power. Certainly those who spread the message of Godhead are most munificent.

H.H. Bhakti Charu Swami singing this song of the Gopis

ŚB 10.32.22 

न पारयेऽहं निरवद्यसंयुजां

स्वसाधुकृत्यं विबुधायुषापि व: ।

या माभजन् दुर्जरगेहश‍ृङ्खला:

संवृश्च्य तद् व: प्रतियातु साधुना ॥ २२ ॥

na pāraye ’haṁ niravadya-saṁyujāṁ 

sva-sādhu-kṛtyaṁ vibudhāyuṣāpi vaḥ 

yā mābhajan durjara-geha-śṛṅkhalāḥ 

saṁvṛścya tad vaḥ pratiyātu sādhunā 

Synonyms  

na — not; pāraye — am able to make; aham — I; niravadya-saṁyujām — to those who are completely free from deceit; sva-sādhu-kṛtyam — proper compensation; vibudha-āyuṣā — with a lifetime as long as that of the demigods; api — although; vaḥ — to you; yāḥ — who; mā — Me; abhajan — have worshiped; durjara — difficult to overcome; geha-śṛṅkhalāḥ — the chains of household life; saṁvṛścya — cutting; tat — that; vaḥ — of you; pratiyātu — let it be returned; sādhunā — by the good activity itself.  

Translation

 I am not able to repay My debt for your spotless service, even within a lifetime of Brahmā. Your connection with Me is beyond reproach. You have worshiped Me, cutting off all domestic ties, which are difficult to break. Therefore please let your own glorious deeds be your compensation. 

Purport

The translation and word meanings for this verse are taken from Śrīla Prabhupāda’s English rendering of Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta (Ādi 4.180). […]

SB 10.33.39 

vikrīḍitaṁ vraja-vadhūbhir idaṁ ca viṣṇoḥ
śraddhānvito ’nuśṛṇuyād atha varṇayed yaḥ
bhaktiṁ parāṁ bhagavati pratilabhya kāmaṁ
hṛd-rogam āśv apahinoty acireṇa dhīraḥ

SYNONYMS
vikrīḍitam — the sporting; vraja-vadhūbhiḥ — with the young women of Vṛndāvana; idam — this; ca — and; viṣṇoḥ — by Lord Viṣṇu; śraddhā-anvitaḥ — faithfully; anuśṛṇuyāt — hears; atha — or; varṇayet — describes; yaḥ — who; bhaktim — devotional service; parām — transcendental; bhagavati — unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; pratilabhya — obtaining; kāmam — material lust; hṛt — in the heart; rogam — the disease; āśu — quickly; apahinoti — he drives away; acireṇa — without delay; dhīraḥ — sober.

TRANSLATION
Anyone who faithfully hears or describes the Lord’s playful affairs with the young gopīs of Vṛndāvana will attain the Lord’s pure devotional service. Thus he will quickly become sober and conquer lust, the disease of the heart.

Quoted in many lectures e.g.: Lecture SB 01.02.19 in Calcutta, September 27, 1974
The hearts disease. Also see SB 9.19.13, as well as  SB 10.33.39 cited

SB 10.88.8

श्रीभगवानुवाच यस्याहमनुगृह्णामि हरिष्ये तद्धनं शनै: ।

 ततोऽधनं त्यजन्त्यस्य स्वजना दु:खदु:खितम् ॥ ८ ॥

 śrī-bhagavān uvāca 

yasyāham anugṛhṇāmi 

hariṣye tad-dhanaṁ śanaiḥ 

tato ’dhanaṁ tyajanty asya 

svajanā duḥkha-duḥkhitam 

Synonyms  

śrī-bhagavān uvāca — the Personality of Godhead said; yasya — whom; aham — I; anugṛhṇāmi — favor; — I will take away; tat — his; dhanam — wealth; śanaiḥ — gradually; tataḥ — then; adhanam — poor; tyajanti — abandon; asya — his; sva-janāḥ — relatives and friends; duḥkha-duḥkhitam — who suffers one distress after another. 

 Translation  

The Personality of Godhead said: If I especially favor someone, I gradually deprive him of his wealth. Then the relatives and friends of such a poverty-stricken man abandon him. In this way he suffers one distress after another.

ŚB 11.2.40

एवंव्रत: स्वप्रियनामकीर्त्या

जातानुरागो द्रुतचित्त उच्चै: ।

हसत्यथो रोदिति रौति गाय-

त्युन्मादवन्नृत्यति लोकबाह्य: ॥ ४० ॥

evaṁ-vrataḥ sva-priya-nāma-kīrty

ājātānurāgo druta-citta uccaiḥ

hasaty atho roditi rauti gāyaty

unmāda-van nṛtyati loka-bāhyaḥ

Synonyms

evam-vrataḥ — when one thus engages in the vow to chant and dance; sva — own; priya — very dear; nāma — holy name; kīrtya — by chanting; jāta — in this way develops; anurāgaḥ — attachment; druta-cittaḥ — with a melted heart; uccaiḥ — loudly; hasati — laughs; atho — also; roditi — cries; rauti — becomes agitated; gāyati — chants; unmāda-vat — like a madman; nṛtyati — dancing; loka-bāhyaḥ — without caring for outsiders.

Translation

By chanting the holy name of the Supreme Lord, one comes to the stage of love of Godhead. Then the devotee is fixed in his vow as an eternal servant of the Lord, and he gradually becomes very much attached to a particular name and form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As his heart melts with ecstatic love, he laughs very loudly or cries or shouts. Sometimes he sings and dances like a madman, for he is indifferent to public opinion.

    

Purport by MGDas

See also CC Ādi 7.93

ŚB 11.2.42

भक्ति: परेशानुभवो विरक्ति-रन्यत्र चैष त्रिक एककाल: ।

प्रपद्यमानस्य यथाश्न‍त: स्यु-स्तुष्टि: पुष्टि: क्षुदपायोऽनुघासम् ॥ ४२ ॥

bhaktiḥ pareśānubhavo viraktir

anyatra caiṣa trika eka-kālaḥ

prapadyamānasya yathāśnataḥ syus

tuṣṭiḥ puṣṭiḥ kṣud-apāyo ’nu-ghāsam

Synonyms

bhaktiḥ — devotion; para-īśa — of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; anubhavaḥ — direct perception; viraktiḥ — detachment; anyatra — from everything else; ca — and; eṣaḥ — this; trikaḥ — group of three; eka-kālaḥ — simultaneously; prapadyamānasya — for one in the process of taking shelter of the Supreme Lord; yathā — in the same way as; aśnataḥ — for one engaged in eating; syuḥ — they occur; tuṣṭiḥ — satisfaction; puṣṭiḥ — nourishment; kṣut-apāyaḥ — eradication of hunger; anu-ghāsam — increasingly with each morsel.

Translation

Devotion, direct experience of the Supreme Lord, and detachment from other things — these three occur simultaneously for one who has taken shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, in the same way that pleasure, nourishment and relief from hunger come simultaneously and increasingly, with each bite, for a person engaged in eating.

ŚB 11.3.21

तस्माद् गुरुं प्रपद्येत जिज्ञासु: श्रेय उत्तमम् ।

शाब्दे परे च निष्णातं ब्रह्मण्युपशमाश्रयम् ॥ २१ ॥

tasmād guruṁ prapadyeta

jijñāsuḥ śreya uttamam

śābde pare ca niṣṇātaṁ

brahmaṇy upaśamāśrayam

Synonyms

tasmāt — therefore; gurum — a spiritual master; prapadyeta — one should take shelter of; jijñāsuḥ — being inquisitive; śreyaḥ uttamam — about the highest good; śābde — in the Vedas; pare — in the Supreme; ca — and; niṣṇātam — perfectly knowledgeable; brahmaṇi — (in these two aspects) of the Absolute Truth; upaśama-āśrayam — fixed in detachment from material affairs.

Translation

Therefore any person who seriously desires real happiness must seek a bona fide spiritual master and take shelter of him by initiation. The qualification of the bona fide guru is that he has realized the conclusions of the scriptures by deliberation and is able to convince others of these conclusions. Such great personalities, who have taken shelter of the Supreme Godhead, leaving aside all material considerations, should be understood to be bona fide spiritual masters.

ŚB 11.3.30 

परस्परानुकथनं पावनं भगवद्यश: ।

 मिथो रतिर्मिथस्तुष्टिर्निवृत्तिर्मिथ आत्मन: ॥ ३० ॥

 parasparānukathanaṁ

 pāvanaṁ bhagavad-yaśaḥ

 mitho ratir mithas tuṣṭir

 nivṛttir mitha ātmanaḥ 

Synonyms

  paraspara — mutual; anukathanam — discussion; pāvanam — purifying; bhagavat — of the Supreme Lord; yaśaḥ — glories; mithaḥ — mutual; ratiḥ — loving attraction; mithaḥ — mutual; tuṣṭiḥ — satisfaction; nivṛttiḥ — cessation of material miseries; mithaḥ — mutual; ātmanaḥ — of the soul.  

Translation

  One should learn how to associate with the devotees of the Lord by gathering with them to chant the glories of the Lord. This process is most purifying. As devotees thus develop their loving friendship, they feel mutual happiness and satisfaction. And by thus encouraging one another they are able to give up material sense gratification, which is the cause of all suffering.  

ŚB 11.3.32 

क्व‍‍चिद् रुदन्त्यच्युतचिन्तया क्व‍‍चि- द्धसन्ति नन्दन्ति वदन्त्यलौकिका: । 

नृत्यन्ति गायन्त्यनुशीलयन्त्यजं भवन्ति तूष्णीं परमेत्य निवृता: ॥ ३२ ॥ 

kvacid rudanty acyuta-cintayā kvacid 

dhasanti nandanti vadanty alaukikāḥ 

nṛtyanti gāyanty anuśīlayanty ajaṁ

 bhavanti tūṣṇīṁ param etya nirvṛtāḥ 

Synonyms 

 kvacit — sometimes; rudanti — they cry; acyuta — of the infallible Supreme Lord; cintayā — by the thought; kvacit — sometimes; hasanti — they laugh; nandanti — take great pleasure; vadanti — speak; alaukikāḥ — acting amazingly; nṛtyanti — they dance; gāyanti — sing; anuśīlayanti — and imitate; ajam — the unborn; bhavanti — they become; tūṣṇīm — silent; param — the Supreme; etya — obtaining; nirvṛtāḥ — freed from distress.  

Translation  

Having achieved love of Godhead, the devotees sometimes weep loudly, absorbed in thought of the infallible Lord. Sometimes they laugh, feel great pleasure, speak out loud to the Lord, dance or sing. Such devotees, having transcended material, conditioned life, sometimes imitate the unborn Supreme by acting out His pastimes. And sometimes, achieving His personal audience, they remain peaceful and silent.

ŚB 11.5.41

देवर्षिभूताप्तनृणां पितृणांन किङ्करो नायमृणी च राजन् ।

सर्वात्मना य: शरणं शरण्यंगतो मुकुन्दं परिहृत्य कर्तम् ॥ ४१ ॥

devarṣi-bhūtāpta-nṛṇāṁ pitṝṇāṁ

na kiṅkaro nāyam ṛṇī ca rājan

sarvātmanā yaḥ śaraṇaṁ śaraṇyaṁ

gato mukundaṁ parihṛtya kartam

Synonyms

deva — of the demigods; ṛṣi — of the sages; bhūta — of ordinary living entities; āpta — of friends and relatives; nṛṇām — of ordinary men; pitṝṇām — of the forefathers; na — not; kiṅkaraḥ — the servant; na — nor; ayam — this one; ṛṇī — debtor; ca — also; rājan — O King; sarva-ātmanā — with his whole being; yaḥ — a person who; śaraṇam — shelter; śaraṇyam — the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who affords shelter to all; gataḥ — approached; mukundam — Mukunda; parihṛtya — giving up; kartam — duties.

Translation

O King, one who has given up all material duties and has taken full shelter of the lotus feet of Mukunda, who offers shelter to all, is not indebted to the demigods, great sages, ordinary living beings, relatives, friends, mankind or even one’s forefathers who have passed away. Since all such classes of living entities are part and parcel of the Supreme Lord, one who has surrendered to the Lord’s service has no need to serve such persons separately.

Purport by MGDas

This verse is also quoted in CC Madhya 22.144. And in the purport of the Bhagavad-Gita As It Is, second chapter, text 38, Srila Prabhupada gives another translation: 

“Anyone who has completely surrendered unto Kṛṣṇa, Mukunda, giving up all other duties, is no longer a debtor, nor is he obliged to anyone – not the demigods, nor the sages, nor the people in general, nor kinsmen, nor humanity, nor forefathers.”

ŚB 11.5.42

स्वपादमूलं भजत: प्रियस्यत्यक्तान्यभावस्य हरि: परेश: ।

विकर्म यच्चोत्पतितं कथञ्चिद्धुनोति सर्वं हृदि सन्निविष्ट: ॥ ४२ ॥

sva-pāda-mūlam bhajataḥ priyasya

tyaktānya-bhāvasya hariḥ pareśaḥ

vikarma yac cotpatitaṁ kathañcid

dhunoti sarvaṁ hṛdi sanniviṣṭaḥ

Synonyms

sva-pāda-mūlam — the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, the shelter of the devotees; bhajataḥ — who is engaged in worshiping; priyasya — who is very dear to Kṛṣṇa; tyakta — given up; anya — for others; bhāvasya — of one whose disposition or inclination; hariḥ — the Supreme Personality of Godhead; para-īśaḥ — the Supreme Lord; vikarma — sinful activities; yat — whatever; ca — and; utpatitam — occurred; kathañcit — somehow; dhunoti — removes; sarvam — all; hṛdi — in the heart; sanniviṣṭaḥ — entered.

Translation

One who has thus given up all other engagements and has taken full shelter at the lotus feet of Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is very dear to the Lord. Indeed, if such a surrendered soul accidentally commits some sinful activity, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is seated within everyone’s heart, immediately takes away the reaction to such sin.

SB 11.14.23 

kathaṁ vinā roma-harṣaṁ

dravatā cetasā vinā

vinānandāśru-kalayā

śudhyed bhaktyā vināśayaḥ

SYNONYMS

katham — how; vinā — without; roma-harṣam — standing of the hairs on end; dravatā — melted; cetasā — heart; vinā — without; vinā — without; ānanda — of bliss; aśru-kalayā — the flowing of tears; śudhyet — can be purified; bhaktyā — loving service; vinā — without; āśayaḥ — the consciousness.

TRANSLATION

If one’s hairs do not stand on end, how can the heart melt? And if the heart does not melt, how can tears of love flow from the eyes? If one does not cry in spiritual happiness, how can one render loving service to the Lord? And without such service, how can the consciousness be purified?

PURPORT

Loving service to the Lord is the only process that can completely purify one’s consciousness; such service produces waves of ecstatic love that completely cleanse the soul. As mentioned earlier by Lord Kṛṣṇa to Śrī Uddhava, other processes such as self-control, pious activities, mystic yoga, penances, etc., certainly purify the mind, as stated in many authorized literatures. Such processes, however, do not completely remove the desire to perform forbidden activities. But pure devotional service rendered in love of Godhead is so powerful that it burns to ashes any obstacle encountered on the path of progress. The Lord has stated in this chapter that loving service to Him is a blazing fire that burns to ashes all impediments. In contrast, the small fires of mental speculation or mystic yoga can be extinguished by sinful desires at any moment. Thus, by hearing Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam one should ignite the blazing fire of loving service to the Lord and burn to ashes the network of material illusion.

ŚB 11.19.21

mad-bhakta-pūjābhyadhikā

Synonyms

mat — My; bhakta — of the devotees; pūjā — worship; abhyadhikā — preeminent;

Translation

[O sinless Uddhava, one can achieve loving service unto Me by] performing first-class worship of My devotees.

ŚB 11.27.21

तदद्भ‍िर्देवयजनं द्रव्याण्यात्मानमेव च ।

प्रोक्ष्य पात्राणि त्रीण्यद्भ‍िस्तैस्तैर्द्रव्यैश्च साधयेत् ॥ २१ ॥

tad-adbhir deva-yajanaṁ

dravyāṇy ātmānam eva ca

prokṣya pātrāṇi trīṇy adbhis

tais tair dravyaiś ca sādhayet

Synonyms

tat — of the vessel for sprinkling; adbhiḥ — with the water; deva-yajanam — the place where the Deity is worshiped; dravyāṇi — the paraphernalia; ātmānam — one’s own body; eva — indeed; ca — also; prokṣya — sprinkling; pātrāṇi — the vessels; trīṇi — three; adbhiḥ — with water; taiḥ taiḥ — with those available; dravyaiḥ — auspicious items; ca — and; sādhayet — he should arrange.

Translation

Then, with the water of that prokṣaṇīya vessel he should sprinkle the area where the Deity is being worshiped, the offerings that are going to be presented, and his own body. Next he should decorate with various auspicious substances three vessels filled with water.

Purport

Śrīla Śrīdhara Svāmī gives references from Vedic literature stating that the water meant for bathing the feet should be combined with millet seeds, dūrvā grass mixed in water, viṣṇukrānta flowers and other items. The water used for arghya should include the following eight items: fragrant oil, flowers, unbroken barleycorns, husked barleycorns, the tips of kuśa grass, sesame seeds, mustard seeds and dūrvā grass. The water for sipping [acamana]  should include jasmine flowers, ground cloves and kakkola berries.

ŚB 11.29.30

नैतत्त्वया दाम्भिकाय नास्तिकाय शठाय च ।

अशुश्रूषोरभक्ताय दुर्विनीताय दीयताम् ॥ ३० ॥

naitat tvayā dāmbhikāya

nāstikāya śaṭhāya ca

aśuśrūṣor abhaktāya

durvinītāya dīyatām

Synonyms

na — not; etat — this; tvayā — by you; dāmbhikāya — to a hypocrite; nāstikāya — to an atheist; śaṭhāya — to a cheat; ca — and; aśuśrūṣoḥ — to one who does not listen with faith; abhaktāya — to a nondevotee; durvinītāya — to one who is not humbly submissive; dīyatām — should be given.

Translation

You should not share this instruction with anyone who is hypocritical, atheistic or dishonest, or with anyone who will not listen faithfully, who is not a devotee, or who is simply not humble.

ŚB 11.29.31

एतैर्दोषैर्विहीनाय ब्रह्मण्याय प्रियाय च ।

साधवे शुचये ब्रूयाद् भक्ति: स्याच्छूद्रयोषिताम् ॥ ३१ ॥

etair doṣair vihīnāya

brahmaṇyāya priyāya ca

sādhave śucaye brūyād

bhaktiḥ syāc chūdra-yoṣitām

Synonyms

etaiḥ — of these; doṣaiḥ — faulty qualities; vihīnāya — to the person who is devoid; brahmaṇyāya — to one dedicated to the welfare of the brāhmaṇas; priyāya — kindly disposed; ca — and; sādhave — saintly; śucaye — pure; brūyāt — one should speak; bhaktiḥ — devotion; syāt — if it is present; śūdra — of the common workers; yoṣitām — and women.

Translation

This knowledge should be taught to one who is free from these bad qualities, who is dedicated to the welfare of the brāhmaṇas, and who is kindly disposed, saintly and pure. And if common workers and women are found to have devotion for the Supreme Lord, they are also to be accepted as qualified hearers.

ŚB 12.3.51

kaler doṣa-nidhe rājan

asti hy eko mahān guṇaḥ

kīrtanād eva kṛṣṇasya

mukta-saṅgaḥ paraṁ vrajet

Synonyms

kaleḥ — of the Age of Kali; doṣa-nidheḥ — in the ocean of faults; rājan — O King; asti — there is; hi — certainly; ekaḥ — one; mahān — very great; guṇaḥ — good quality; kīrtanāt — by chanting; eva — certainly; kṛṣṇasya — of the holy name of Kṛṣṇa; mukta-saṅgaḥ — liberated from material bondage; param — to the transcendental spiritual kingdom; vrajet — one can go.

Translation

My dear King, although Kali-yuga is an ocean of faults, there is still one good quality about this age: Simply by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, one can become free from material bondage and be promoted to the transcendental kingdom.

ŚB 12.3.52

कृते यद्ध्यायतो विष्णुं त्रेतायां यजतो मखै: ।

द्वापरे परिचर्यायां कलौ तद्धरिकीर्तनात् ॥ ५२ ॥

kṛte yad dhyāyato viṣṇuṁ

tretāyāṁ yajato makhaiḥ

dvāpare paricaryāyāṁ

kalau tad dhari-kīrtanāt

Synonyms

kṛte — in the Satya-yuga; yat — which; dhyāyataḥ — from meditation; viṣṇum — on Lord Viṣṇu; tretāyām — in the Tretā-yuga; yajataḥ — from worshiping; makhaiḥ — by performing sacrifices; dvāpare — in the age of Dvāpara; paricaryāyām — by worshiping the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa; kalau — in the Age of Kali; tat — that same result (can be achieved); hari-kīrtanāt — simply by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra.

Translation

Whatever result was obtained in Satya-yuga by meditating on Viṣṇu, in Tretā-yuga by performing sacrifices, and in Dvāpara-yuga by serving the Lord’s lotus feet can be obtained in Kali-yuga simply by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra.

ŚB 12.13.15

सर्ववेदान्तसारं हि श्रीभागवतमिष्यते ।

तद्रसामृततृप्तस्य नान्यत्र स्याद्रति: क्‍वचित् ॥ १५ ॥

sarva-vedānta-sāraṁ hi

śrī-bhāgavatam iṣyate

tad-rasāmṛta-tṛptasya

nānyatra syād ratiḥ kvacit

Synonyms

sarva-vedānta — of all Vedānta philosophy; sāram — the essence; hi — indeed; śrī-bhāgavatam — Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; iṣyate — is said to be; tat — of it; rasa-amṛta — by the nectarean taste; tṛptasya — for one who is satisfied; na — not; anyatra — elsewhere; syāt — there is; ratiḥ — attraction; kvacit — ever.

Translation

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is declared to be the essence of all Vedānta philosophy. One who has felt satisfaction from its nectarean mellow will never be attracted to any other literature.

ŚB 12.13.16

nimna-gānāṁ yatha gaṅgā

devānām acyuto yathā

vaiṣṇavānāṁ yathā śambhuḥ

purāṇānām idam tathā

Synonyms

nimna-gānām — of rivers flowing down to the sea; yathā — as; gaṅgā — the Ganges; devānām — of all deities; acyutaḥ — the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead; yathā — as; vaiṣṇavānām — of devotees of Lord Viṣṇu; yathā — as; śambhuḥ — Śiva; purāṇānām — of Purāṇas; idam — this; tathā — similarly.

Translation

Just as the Gaṅgā is the greatest of all rivers, Lord Acyuta the supreme among deities and Lord Śambhu [Śiva] the greatest of Vaiṣṇavas, so Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is the greatest of all Purāṇas.

ŚB 12.13.18

श्रीमद्भ‍ागवतं पुराणममलं यद्वैष्णवानां प्रियं

यस्मिन् पारमहंस्यमेकममलं ज्ञानं परं गीयते ।

तत्र ज्ञानविरागभक्तिसहितं नैष्कर्म्यमाविष्कृतं

तच्छृण्वन् सुपठन् विचारणपरो भक्त्या विमुच्येन्नर: ॥ १८ ॥

śrīmad-bhāgavataṁ purāṇam amalaṁ yad vaiṣṇavānāṁ priyaṁ

yasmin pāramahaṁsyam ekam amalaṁ jñānaṁ paraṁ gīyate

tatra jñāna-virāga-bhakti-sahitaṁ naiṣkarmyam āviskṛtaṁ

tac chṛṇvan su-paṭhan vicāraṇa-paro bhaktyā vimucyen naraḥ

Synonyms

śrīmat-bhāgavatam — Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; purāṇam — the Purāṇa; amalam — perfectly pure; yat — which; vaiṣṇavānām — to the Vaiṣṇavas; priyam — most dear; yasmin — in which; pāramahaṁsyam — attainable by the topmost devotees; ekam — exclusive; amalam — perfectly pure; jñānam — knowledge; param — supreme; gīyate — is sung; tatra — there; jñāna-virāga-bhakti-sahitam — together with knowledge, renunciation and devotion; naiṣkarmyam — freedom from all material work; āviṣkṛtam — is revealed; tat — that; śṛṇvan — hearing; su-paṭhan — properly chanting; vicāraṇa-paraḥ — who is serious about understanding; bhaktyā — with devotion; vimucyet — becomes totally liberated; naraḥ — a person.

Translation

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is the spotless Purāṇa. It is most dear to the Vaiṣṇavas because it describes the pure and supreme knowledge of the paramahaṁsas. This Bhāgavatam reveals the means for becoming free from all material work, together with the processes of transcendental knowledge, renunciation and devotion. Anyone who seriously tries to understand Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, who properly hears and chants it with devotion, becomes completely liberated.

ŚB 12.13.19

कस्मै येन विभासितोऽयमतुलो ज्ञानप्रदीप: पुरा

तद्रूपेण च नारदाय मुनये कृष्णाय तद्रूपिणा ।

योगीन्द्राय तदात्मनाथ भगवद्राताय कारुण्यत-

स्तच्छुद्धं विमलं विशोकममृतं सत्यं परं धीमहि ॥ १९ ॥

kasmai yena vibhāsito ’yam atulo jñāna-pradīpaḥ purā

tad-rūpeṇa ca nāradāya munaye kṛṣṇāya tad-rūpiṇā

yogīndrāya tad-ātmanātha bhagavad-rātāya kāruṇyatas

tac chuddhaṁ vimalaṁ viśokam amṛtaṁ satyaṁ paraṁ dhīmahi

Synonyms

kasmai — unto Brahmā; yena — by whom; vibhāsitaḥ — thoroughly revealed; ayam — this; atulaḥ — incomparable; jñāna — of transcendental knowledge; pradīpaḥ — the torchlight; purā — long ago; tat-rūpeṇa — in the form of Brahmā; ca — and; nāradāya — to Nārada; munaye — the great sage; kṛṣṇāya — to Kṛṣṇa-dvaipāyana Vyāsa; tat-rūpiṇā — in the form of Nārada; yogi-indrāya — to the best of yogīs, Śukadeva; tat-ātmanā — as Nārada; atha — then; bhagavat-rātāya — to Parīkṣit Mahārāja; kāruṇyataḥ — out of mercy; tat — that; śuddham — pure; vimalam — uncontaminated; viśokam — free from misery; amṛtam — immortal; satyam — upon the truth; param — supreme; dhīmahi — I meditate.

Translation

I meditate upon that pure and spotless Supreme Absolute Truth, who is free from suffering and death and who in the beginning personally revealed this incomparable torchlight of knowledge to Brahmā. Brahmā then spoke it to the sage Nārada, who narrated it to Kṛṣṇa-dvaipāyana Vyāsa. Śrīla Vyāsa revealed this Bhāgavatam to the greatest of sages, Śukadeva Gosvāmī, and Śukadeva mercifully spoke it to Mahārāja Parīkṣit.

CC Adi 1.2

 vande śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya-

 nityānandau sahoditau

 gauḍodaye puṣpavantau

 citrau śan-dau tamo-nudau

    

SYNONYMS

 vande—I offer respectful obeisances; śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya—to Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya; nityānandau—and to Lord Nityānanda; saha-uditau—simultaneously arisen; gauḍa-udaye—on the eastern horizon of Gauḍa; puṣpavantau—the sun and moon together; citrau—wonderful; śam-dau—bestowing benediction; tamaḥ-nudau—dissipating darkness. 

 TRANSLATION

 I offer my respectful obeisances unto Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya and Lord Nityānanda, who are like the sun and moon. They have arisen simultaneously on the horizon of Gauḍa to dissipate the darkness of ignorance and thus wonderfully bestow benediction upon all.

This is considered the paribhava sutra of the Sri Caitanya Caritamrta

CC Ādi 1.4

অনর্পিতচরীং চিরাৎ করুণয়াবতীর্ণঃ কলৌ

সমর্পয়িতুমুন্নতোজ্জ্বলরসাং স্বভক্তিশ্রিয়ম্‌ ।

হরিঃ পুরটসুন্দরদ্যুতিকদম্বসন্দীপিতঃ

সদা হৃদয়কন্দরে স্ফুরতু বঃ শচীনন্দনঃ ॥ ৪ ॥

anarpita-carīṁ cirāt karuṇayāvatīrṇaḥ kalau

samarpayitum unnatojjvala-rasāṁ sva-bhakti-śriyam

hariḥ puraṭa-sundara-dyuti-kadamba-sandīpitaḥ

sadā hṛdaya-kandare sphuratu vaḥ śacī-nandanaḥ

Synonyms

anarpita — not bestowed; carīm — having been formerly; cirāt — for a long time; karuṇayā — by causeless mercy; avatīrṇaḥ — descended; kalau — in the Age of Kali; samarpayitum — to bestow; unnata — elevated; ujjvala-rasām — the conjugal mellow; sva-bhakti — of His own service; śriyam — the treasure; hariḥ — the Supreme Lord; puraṭa — than gold; sundara — more beautiful; dyuti — of splendor; kadamba — with a multitude; sandīpitaḥ — lighted up; sadā — always; hṛdaya-kandare — in the cavity of the heart; sphuratu — let Him be manifest; vaḥ — your; śacī-nandanaḥ — the son of mother Śacī.

Translation

May the Supreme Lord who is known as the son of Śrīmatī Śacī-devī be transcendentally situated in the innermost chambers of your heart. Resplendent with the radiance of molten gold, He has appeared in the Age of Kali by His causeless mercy to bestow what no incarnation has ever offered before: the most sublime and radiant mellow of devotional service, the mellow of conjugal love.

CC Ādi 1.45

গুরু কৃষ্ণরূপ হন শাস্ত্রের প্রমাণে ।

গুরুরূপে কৃষ্ণ কৃপা করেন ভক্তগণে ॥ ৪৫ ॥

guru kṛṣṇa-rūpa hana śāstrera pramāṇe

guru-rūpe kṛṣṇa kṛpā karena bhakta-gaṇe

Synonyms

guru — the spiritual master; kṛṣṇa-rūpa — as good as Kṛṣṇa; hana — is; śāstrera — of revealed scriptures; pramāṇe — by the evidence; guru-rūpe — in the form of the spiritual master; kṛṣṇa — Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa; kṛpā — mercy; karena — distributes; bhakta-gaṇe — unto His devotees.

Translation

According to the deliberate opinion of all revealed scriptures, the spiritual master is nondifferent from Kṛṣṇa. Lord Kṛṣṇa in the form of the spiritual master delivers His devotees.

CC Ādi 1.62

সাধবো হৃদয়ং মহ্যং সাধূনাং হৃদয়ন্ত্বহম্‌ ।

মদন্যত্তে ন জানন্তি নাহং তেভ্যো মনাগপি ॥ ৬২ ॥

sādhavo hṛdayaṁ mahyaṁ

sādhūnāṁ hṛdayaṁ tv aham

mad-anyat te na jānanti

nāhaṁ tebhyo manāg api

Synonyms

sādhavaḥ — the saints; hṛdayam — heart; mahyam — My; sādhūnām — of the saints; hṛdayam — the heart; tu — indeed; aham — I; mat — than Me; anyat — other; te — they; na — not; jānanti — know; na — nor; aham — I; tebhyaḥ — than them; manāk — slightly; api — even.

Translation

“Saints are My heart, and only I am their hearts. They do not know anyone but Me, and therefore I do not recognize anyone besides them as Mine.”

Purport

This verse appears in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (9.4.68) in connection with a misunderstanding between Durvāsā Muni and Mahārāja Ambarīṣa. [...]

CC Ādi 1.106

“মিতঞ্চ সারঞ্চ বচো হি বাগ্মিতা” ইতি ॥ ১০৬ ॥

“mitaṁ ca sāraṁ ca vaco hi vāgmitā” iti

Synonyms

mitam — concise; ca — and; sāram — essential; ca — and; vacaḥ — speech; hi — certainly; vāgmitā — eloquence; iti — thus.

Translation

“Essential truth spoken concisely is true eloquence.” 

CC Ādi 2.11

বদন্তি তত্তত্ত্ববিদস্তত্ত্বং যজ্‌জ্ঞানমদ্বয়ম্‌ ।

ব্রহ্মেতি পরমাত্মেতি ভগবানিতি শব্দ্যতে ॥ ১১ ॥

vadanti tat tattva-vidas

tattvaṁ yaj jñānam advayam

brahmeti paramātmeti

bhagavān iti śabdyate

Synonyms

vadanti — they say; tat — that; tattva-vidaḥ — learned souls; tattvam — the Absolute Truth; yat — which; jñānam — knowledge; advayam — nondual; brahma — Brahman; iti — thus; paramātmā — Paramātmā; iti — thus; bhagavān — Bhagavān; iti — thus; śabdyate — is known.

Translation

“Learned transcendentalists who know the Absolute Truth say that it is nondual knowledge and is called impersonal Brahman, the localized Paramātmā and the Personality of Godhead.”

CC Ādi 2.59 

এই শ্লোক তত্ত্ব–লক্ষণ ভাগবত–সার । 

পরিভাষা–রূপে ইহার সর্বত্রাধিকার ॥ ৫৯ ॥ 

ei śloka tattva-lakṣaṇa bhāgavata-sāra 

paribhāṣā-rūpe ihāra sarvatrādhikāra 

Synonyms  

ei — this; śloka — verse; tattva — the truth; lakṣaṇa — indicating; bhāgavata — of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; sāra — the essence; paribhāṣā — of synonyms; rūpe — in the form; ihāra — of this (Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam); sarvatra — everywhere; adhikāra — jurisdiction.  

Translation 

 The truth indicated in this verse [text 30] is the essence of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. This conclusion, through synonyms, applies everywhere.

CC Ādi 2.86 

ভ্রম, প্রমাদ, বিপ্রলিপ্সা, করণাপাটব । 

আর্য–বিজ্ঞবাক্যে নাহি দোষ এই সব ॥ ৮৬ ॥

 bhrama, pramāda, vipralipsā, karaṇāpāṭava 

ārṣa-vijña-vākye nāhi doṣa ei saba 

Synonyms  

bhrama — mistakes; pramāda — illusion; vipralipsā — cheating; karaṇa-apāṭava — imperfectness of the senses; ārṣa — of the authoritative sages; vijña-vākye — in the wise speech; nāhi — not; doṣa — faults; ei — these; saba — all. 

 Translation

  “Mistakes, illusions, cheating and defective perception do not occur in the sayings of the authoritative sages.

CC Ādi 2.91-92 

অত্র সর্গো বিসর্গশ্চ স্থানং পোষণমূতয়ঃ ।

 মন্বন্তরেশানুকথা নিরোধো মুক্তিরাশ্রয়ঃ ॥ ৯১ ॥ 

দশমস্য বিশুদ্ধ্যর্থং নবানামিহ লক্ষণম্‌ ।

 বর্ণয়ন্তি মহাত্মানঃ শ্রুতোনার্থেন চাঞ্জসা ॥ ৯২ ॥

 atra sargo visargaś ca 

sthānaṁ poṣaṇam ūtayaḥ

 manvantareśānukathā 

nirodho muktir āśrayaḥ 

daśamasya viśuddhy-arthaṁ 

navānām iha lakṣaṇam 

varṇayanti mahātmānaḥ 

śrutenārthena cāñjasā 

Synonyms  

atra — in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; sargaḥ — the creation of the ingredients of the universe; visargaḥ — the creations of Brahmā; ca — and; sthānam — the maintenance of the creation; poṣaṇam — the favoring of the Lord’s devotees; ūtayaḥ — impetuses for activity; manu-antara — prescribed duties given by the Manus; īśa-anukathāḥ — a description of the incarnations of the Lord; nirodhaḥ — the winding up of creation; muktiḥ — liberation; āśrayaḥ — the ultimate shelter, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; daśamasya — of the tenth (the āśraya); viśuddhi-artham — for the purpose of perfect knowledge; navānām — of the nine; iha — here; lakṣaṇam — the nature; varṇayanti — describe; mahā-ātmānaḥ — the great souls; śrutena — by prayer; arthena — by explanation; ca — and; añjasā — direct.  

Translation

  “ ‘Here [in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam] ten subjects are described: (1) the creation of the ingredients of the cosmos, (2) the creations of Brahmā, (3) the maintenance of the creation, (4) special favor given to the faithful, (5) impetuses for activity, (6) prescribed duties for law-abiding men, (7) a description of the incarnations of the Lord, (8) the winding up of the creation, (9) liberation from gross and subtle material existence, and (10) the ultimate shelter, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The tenth item is the shelter of all the others. To distinguish this ultimate shelter from the other nine subjects, the mahājanas have described these nine, directly or indirectly, through prayers or direct explanations.’  

Purport by MGD

See also The Ten Topics of Srimad Bhagavatam

CC Ādi 2.117

সিদ্ধান্ত বলিয়া চিত্তে না কর অলস ।

ইহা হইতে কৃষ্ণে লাগে সুদৃঢ় মানস ॥ ১১৭ ॥

siddhānta baliyā citte nā kara alasa

ihā ha-ite kṛṣṇe lāge sudṛḍha mānasa

Synonyms

siddhānta — conclusion; baliyā — considering; citte — in the mind; nā kara — do not be; alasa — lazy; ihā — this; ha-ite — from; kṛṣṇe — in Lord Kṛṣṇa; lāge — becomes fixed; su-dṛḍha — very firm; mānasa — the mind.

Translation

A sincere student should not neglect the discussion of such conclusions, considering them controversial, for such discussions strengthen the mind. Thus one’s mind becomes attached to Śrī Kṛṣṇa. 

CC Ādi 4.162

গোপীগণের প্রেমের ‘রূঢ়ভাব’ নাম ।

বিশুদ্ধ নির্মল প্রেম, কভু নহে কাম ॥ ১৬২ ॥

gopī-gaṇera premera ‘rūḍha-bhāva’ nāma

viśuddha nirmala prema, kabhu nahe kāma

Synonyms

gopī-gaṇera — of the gopīs; premera — of the love; rūḍha-bhāva — rūḍha-bhāva; nāma — named; viśuddha — pure; nirmala — spotless; prema — love; kabhu — at anytime; nahe — is not; kāma — lust.

Translation

The love of the gopīs is called rūḍha-bhāva. It is pure and spotless. It is not at any time lust. 

 CC Ādi 4.163

‘প্রেমৈব গোপরামাণাং কাম ইত্যগমৎ প্রথাম্‌ ।

’ইত্যুদ্ধবাদয়োঽপ্যেতং বাঞ্ছন্তি ভগবৎপ্রিয়াঃ ॥ ১৬৩ ॥

premaiva gopa-rāmānāṁ

kāma ity agamat prathām

ity uddhavādayo ’py etaṁ

vāñchanti bhagavat-priyāḥ

Synonyms

prema — love; eva — only; gopa-rāmānām — of the women of Vraja; kāmaḥ — lust; iti — as; agamat — went to; prathām — fame; iti — thus; uddhava-ādayaḥ — headed by Śrī Uddhava; api — even; etam — this; vāñchanti — desire; bhagavat-priyāḥ — dear devotees of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

“The pure love of the gopīs has become celebrated by the name ‘lust.’ The dear devotees of the Lord, headed by Śrī Uddhava, desire to taste that love.”

Purport

This is a verse from the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (1.2.285). 

CC Ādi 4.164

কাম, প্রেম,—দোঁহাকার বিভিন্ন লক্ষণ ।

লৌহ আর হেম যৈছে স্বরূপে বিলক্ষণ ॥ ১৬৪ ॥

kāma, prema, — doṅhākāra vibhinna lakṣaṇa

lauha āra hema yaiche svarūpe vilakṣaṇa

Synonyms

kāma — lust; prema — love; doṅhākāra — of the two; vibhinna — separate; lakṣaṇa — symptoms; lauha — iron; āra — and; hema — gold; yaiche — just as; svarūpe — in nature; vilakṣaṇa — different.

Translation

Lust and love have different characteristics, just as iron and gold have different natures.

CC Ādi 4.165

আত্মেন্দ্রিয়প্রীতি–বাঞ্ছা—তারে বলি, ‘কাম’ ।

কৃষ্ণেন্দ্রিয়প্রীতি–ইচ্ছা ধরে ‘প্রেম’ নাম ॥ ১৬৫ ॥

ātmendriya-prīti-vāñchā — tāre bali ‘kāma’

kṛṣṇendriya-prīti-icchā dhare ‘prema’ nāma

Synonyms

ātma-indriya-prīti — for the pleasure of one’s own senses; vāñchā — desires; tāre — to that; bali — I say; kāma — lust; kṛṣṇa-indriya-prīti — for the pleasure of Lord Kṛṣṇa’s senses; icchā — desire; dhare — holds; prema — love; nāma — the name.

Translation

The desire to gratify one’s own senses is kāma [lust], but the desire to please the senses of Lord Kṛṣṇa is prema [love].

  

CC Adi 7.6

pañca-tattvātmakaṁ kṛṣṇaṁ
bhakta-rūpa-svarūpakam
bhaktāvatāraṁ bhaktākhyaṁ
namāmi bhakta-śaktikam

SYNONYMS
pañca-tattva-ātmakam—comprehending the five transcendental subject matters; kṛṣṇam—unto Lord Kṛṣṇa; bhakta-rūpa—in the form of a devotee; svarūpakam—in the expansion of a devotee; bhakta-avatāram—in the incarnation of a devotee; bhakta-ākhyam—known as a devotee; namāmi—I offer my obeisances; bhakta-śaktikam—the energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

TRANSLATION
Let me offer my obeisances unto Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, who has manifested Himself in five as a devotee, expansion of a devotee, incarnation of a devotee, pure devotee and devotional energy.

PURPORT
Śrī Nityānanda Prabhu is the immediate expansion of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu as His brother. He is the personified spiritual bliss of sac-cid-ānanda-vigraha (BS 5.1). His body is transcendental and full of ecstasy in devotional service. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is therefore called bhakta-rūpa (the form of a devotee), and Śrī Nityānanda Prabhu is called bhakta-svarūpa (the expansion of a devotee). Śrī Advaita Prabhu, the incarnation of a devotee, is viṣṇu-tattva and belongs to the same category. There are also different types of bhaktas, or devotees, on the platforms of neutrality, servitude, friendship, parenthood and conjugal love. Devotees like Śrī Dāmodara, Śrī Gadādhara and Śrī Rāmānanda are different energies. This confirms the Vedic sūtra parāsya śaktir vividhaiva śrūyate (CC Madhya 13.65, purport). All these bhakta subjects taken together constitute Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, who is Kṛṣṇa Himself.

COMMENT BY MGD:
The Panca-Tatva - The Supreme Truth in its Five Manifestations

pañca-tattvātmakaṁ kṛṣṇaṁ
bhakta-rūpa-svarūpakam
bhaktāvatāraṁ bhaktākhyaṁ
namāmi bhakta-śaktikam

1. bhakta-rūpa—in the form of a devotee = Sri Krsna Caitanya; the Supreme Personality of Godhead, known as Lord Sri Krsna;

2. svarūpakam—in the expansion of a devotee = Lord Nityananda; Lord Balarama; 

3. bhakta-avatāram—in the incarnation of a devotee = Advaita Acarya; Lord Visnu (and Lord Maha-Siva)

5. bhakta-ākhyam—known as a devotee = Srivas Thakura; Narada Muni;

4. bhakta-śaktikam—the energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead = Gadadhara Pandita; Radharani.

CC Ādi 7.71

প্রভু কহে—শুন, শ্রীপাদ, ইহার কারণ ।

গুরু মোরে মূর্খ দেখি’ করিল শাসন ॥ ৭১ ॥

prabhu kahe — śuna, śrīpāda, ihāra kāraṇa

guru more mūrkha dekhi’ karila śāsana

Synonyms

prabhu kahe — the Lord replied; śuna — kindly hear; śrīpāda — Your Holiness; ihāra — of this; kāraṇa — reason; guru — My spiritual master; more — Me; mūrkha — fool; dekhi’ — understanding; karila — he did; śāsana — chastisement.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied to Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī, “My dear sir, kindly hear the reason. My spiritual master considered Me a fool, and therefore he chastised Me.

CC Ādi 7.72

মূর্খ তুমি, তোমার নাহিক বেদান্তাধিকার ।

‘কৃষ্ণমন্ত্র’ ‘জপ’ সদা,—এই মন্ত্রসার ॥ ৭২ ॥

mūrkha tumi, tomāra nāhika vedāntādhikāra

‘kṛṣṇa-mantra’ japa sadā, — ei mantra-sāra

Synonyms

mūrkha tumi — You are a fool; tomāra — Your; nāhika — there is not; vedānta — Vedānta philosophy; adhikāra — qualification to study; kṛṣṇa-mantra — the hymn of Kṛṣṇa (Hare Kṛṣṇa); japa — chant; sadā — always; ei — this; mantra — hymn; sāra — essence of all Vedic knowledge.

Translation

“ ‘You are a fool,’ he said. ‘You are not qualified to study Vedānta philosophy, and therefore You must always chant the holy name of Kṛṣṇa. This is the essence of all mantras, or Vedic hymns.

CC Ādi 7.76

হরের্নাম হরের্নাম হরের্নামৈব কেবলম্‌ ।

কলৌ নাস্ত্যেব নাস্ত্যেব নাস্ত্যেব গতিরন্যথা ॥ ৭৬ ॥

harer nāma harer nāma

harer nāmaiva kevalam

kalau nāsty eva nāsty eva

nāsty eva gatir anyathā

Synonyms

hareḥ nāma — the holy name of the Lord; hareḥ nāma — the holy name of the Lord; hareḥ nāma — the holy name of the Lord; eva — certainly; kevalam — only; kalau — in this Age of Kali; na asti — there is none; eva — certainly; na asti — there is none; eva — certainly; na asti — there is none; eva — certainly; gatiḥ — progress; anyathā — otherwise.

Translation

“ ‘For spiritual progress in this Age of Kali, there is no alternative, there is no alternative, there is no alternative to the holy name, the holy name, the holy name of the Lord.’

CC Ādi 7.108

উপনিষৎ– সহিত সূত্র কহে যেই তত্ত্ব ।

মুখ্যবৃত্ত্যে সেই অর্থ পরম মহত্ত্ব ॥ ১০৮ ॥

upaniṣat-sahita sūtra kahe yei tattva

mukhya-vṛttye sei artha parama mahattva

Synonyms

upaniṣat — the authorized Vedic version; sahita — along with; sūtra — the Vedānta-sūtra; kahe — it is said; yei — the subject matter; tattva — in truth; mukhya-vṛttye — by direct understanding; sei — that truth; artha — meaning; parama — ultimate; mahattva — glory.

Translation

“The Absolute Truth is described in the Upaniṣads and Brahma-sūtra, but one must understand the verses as they are. That is the supreme glory in understanding.

Purport by MGDas

This purport list all the names of the 108 Upanisads.

CC Ādi 7.110

তাঁহার নাহিক দোষ, ঈশ্বর–আজ্ঞা পাঞা ।

গৌণার্থ করিল মুখ্য অর্থ আচ্ছাদিয়া ॥ ১১০ ॥

tāṅhāra nāhika doṣa, īśvara-ājñā pāñā

gauṇārtha karila mukhya artha ācchādiyā

Synonyms

tāṅhāra — of Śrī Śaṅkarācārya; nāhika — there is none; doṣa — fault; īśvara — the Supreme Lord; ājñā — order; pāñā — receiving; gauṇa-artha — indirect meaning; karila — make; mukhya — direct; artha — meaning; ācchādiyā — covering.

Translation

“Śaṅkarācārya is not at fault, for it is under the order of the Supreme Personality of Godhead that he has covered the real purport of the Vedas.

CC Ādi 8.21

স্বতন্ত্র ঈশ্বর প্রেম–নিগূঢ়ভাণ্ডার ।

বিলাইল যারে তারে, না কৈল বিচার ॥ ২১ ॥

svatantra īśvara prema-nigūḍha-bhāṇdāra

bilāila yāre tāre, nā kaila vicāra

Synonyms

svatantra — fully independent; īśvara — the Supreme Personality of Godhead; prema — love of God; nigūḍha — very confidential; bhāṇḍāra — stock; bilāila — distributed; yāre — to anyone; tāre — to everyone; nā — not; kaila — did; vicāra — consideration.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, as the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself, is fully independent. Therefore, although it is the most confidentially stored benediction, He can distribute love of Godhead to anyone and everyone without consideration.

CC Ādi 8.62 

বৈষ্ণবের গুণগ্রাহী, না দেখয়ে দোষ । 

কায়মনোবাক্যে করে বৈষ্ণব–সন্তোষ ॥ ৬২ ॥ 

 vaiṣṇavera guṇa-grāhī, nā dekhaye doṣa

 kāya-mano-vākye kare vaiṣṇava-santoṣa 

Synonyms  

vaiṣṇavera — of devotees; guṇa-grāhī — accepting good qualities; nā — never; dekhaye — sees; doṣa — any fault; kāya-manaḥ-vākye — with heart and soul; kare — does; vaiṣṇava — devotee; santoṣa — pacification.  

Translation  

He always accepted the good qualities of Vaiṣṇavas and never found fault in them. He engaged his heart and soul only to satisfy the Vaiṣṇavas.

Purport  

It is a qualification of a Vaiṣṇava that he is adoṣa-darśī: he never sees others’ faults. […]

CC Adi 9.6

mālākāraḥ svayaṁ kṛṣṇa-

premāmara-taruḥ svayam

dātā bhoktā tat-phalānāṁ

yas taṁ caitanyam āśraye

Synonyms

mālā-kāraḥ — gardener; svayam — Himself; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa; prema — love; amara — transcendental; taruḥ — tree; svayam — Himself; dātā — giver; bhoktā — enjoyer; tat-phalānām — of all the fruits of that tree; yaḥ — one who; tam — unto Him; caitanyam — Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āśraye — I take shelter.

Translation

I take shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, who Himself is the tree of transcendental love of Kṛṣṇa, its gardener and also the bestower and enjoyer of its fruits.

CC Ādi 9.41

ভারত–ভূমিতে হৈল মনুষ্য–জন্ম যার ।

জন্ম সার্থক করি’ কর পর–উপকার ॥ ৪১ ॥

bhārata-bhūmite haila manuṣya janma yāra

janma sārthaka kari’ kara para-upakāra

Synonyms

bhārata — of India; bhūmite — in the land; haila — has become; manuṣya — human being; janma — birth; yāra — anyone; janma — such a birth; sārthaka — fulfillment; kari’ — doing so; kara — do; para — others; upakāra — benefit.

Translation

“One who has taken his birth as a human being in the land of India [Bhārata-varṣa] should make his life successful and work for the benefit of all other people.

CC Ādi 14.1

কথঞ্চন স্মৃতে যস্মিন্ দুষ্করং সুকরং ভবেৎ ।

বিস্মৃতে বিপরীতং স্যাৎ শ্রীচৈতন্যং নমামি তম্ ॥ ১ ॥

kathañcana smṛte yasmin

duṣkaraṁ sukaraṁ bhavet

vismṛte viparītaṁ syāt

śrī-caitanyaṁ namāmi tam

Synonyms

kathañcana — somehow or other; smṛte — by remembering; yasmin — whom; duṣkaram — difficult things; sukaram — easy; bhavet — become; vismṛte — by forgetting Him; viparītam — just the opposite; syāt — become; śrī-caitanyam — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; namāmi — I offer my respectful obeisances; tam — unto Him.

Translation

Things that are very difficult to do become easy to execute if one somehow or other simply remembers Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu. But if one does not remember Him, even easy things become very difficult. To this Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu I offer my respectful obeisances.

CC Madhya 6.254

vairāgya-vidyā-nija-bhakti-yoga-

śikṣārtham ekaḥ puruṣaḥ purāṇaḥ

śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya-śarīra-dhārī

kṛpāmbudhir yas tam ahaṁ prapadye

Synonyms

vairāgya — detachment from everything that does not help develop Kṛṣṇa consciousness; vidyā — knowledge; nija — own; bhakti-yoga — devotional service; śikṣā-artham — just to instruct; ekaḥ — the single person; puruṣaḥ — the Supreme Person; purāṇaḥ — very old, or eternal; śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya — of Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu; śarīra-dhārī — accepting the body; kṛpā-ambudhiḥ — the ocean of transcendental mercy; yaḥ — who; tam — unto Him; aham — I; prapadye — surrender.

Translation

“Let me take shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Śrī Kṛṣṇa, who has descended in the form of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu to teach us real knowledge, His devotional service and detachment from whatever does not foster Kṛṣṇa consciousness. He has descended because He is an ocean of transcendental mercy. Let me surrender unto His lotus feet.

CC Madhya 7.96

কৃষ্ণ! কৃষ্ণ! কৃষ্ণ! কৃষ্ণ! কৃষ্ণ! কৃষ্ণ! কৃষ্ণ! হে ।কৃষ্ণ!

 কৃষ্ণ! কৃষ্ণ! কৃষ্ণ! কৃষ্ণ! কৃষ্ণ! কৃষ্ণ! হে ॥

কৃষ্ণ! কৃষ্ণ! কৃষ্ণ! কৃষ্ণ! কৃষ্ণ! কৃষ্ণ! রক্ষ মাম্ ।

কৃষ্ণ! কৃষ্ণ! কৃষ্ণ! কৃষ্ণ! কৃষ্ণ! কৃষ্ণ! পাহি মাম্ ॥

রাম! রাঘব! রাম! রাঘব! রাম! রাঘব! রক্ষ মাম্ ।

কৃষ্ণ! কেশব! কৃষ্ণ! কেশব! কৃষ্ণ! কেশব! পাহি মাম্ ॥ ৯৬ ॥

kṛṣṇa! kṛṣṇa! kṛṣṇa! kṛṣṇa! kṛṣṇa! kṛṣṇa! kṛṣṇa! he

kṛṣṇa! kṛṣṇa! kṛṣṇa! kṛṣṇa! kṛṣṇa! kṛṣṇa! kṛṣṇa! he

kṛṣṇa! kṛṣṇa! kṛṣṇa! kṛṣṇa! kṛṣṇa! kṛṣṇa! rakṣa mām

kṛṣṇa! kṛṣṇa! kṛṣṇa! kṛṣṇa! kṛṣṇa! kṛṣṇa! pāhi mām

rāma! rāghava! rāma! rāghava! rāma! rāghava! rakṣa mām

kṛṣṇa! keśava! kṛṣṇa! keśava! kṛṣṇa! keśava! pāhi mām

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa; he — O; rakṣa — please protect; mām — Me; pāhi — please maintain; rāma — Lord Rāma; rāghava — descendant of King Raghu; keśava — killer of the Keśī demon.

Translation

The Lord chanted: 

Kṛṣṇa! Kṛṣṇa! Kṛṣṇa! Kṛṣṇa! Kṛṣṇa! Kṛṣṇa! Kṛṣṇa! he

Kṛṣṇa! Kṛṣṇa! Kṛṣṇa! Kṛṣṇa! Kṛṣṇa! Kṛṣṇa! Kṛṣṇa! he

Kṛṣṇa! Kṛṣṇa! Kṛṣṇa! Kṛṣṇa! Kṛṣṇa! Kṛṣṇa! rakṣa mām

Kṛṣṇa! Kṛṣṇa! Kṛṣṇa! Kṛṣṇa! Kṛṣṇa! Kṛṣṇa! pāhi mām

That is, “O Lord Kṛṣṇa, please protect Me and maintain Me.” He also chanted:

Rāma! Rāghava! Rāma! Rāghava! Rāma! Rāghava! rakṣa mām

Kṛṣṇa! Keśava! Kṛṣṇa! Keśava! Kṛṣṇa! Keśava! pāhi mām

That is, “O Lord Rāma, descendant of King Raghu, please protect Me. O Kṛṣṇa, O Keśava, killer of the Keśī demon, please maintain Me.”

CC Madhya 7.128

yāre dekha, tāre kaha ‘kṛṣṇa’-upadeśa

āmāra ājñāya guru hañā tāra’ ei deśa

Synonyms

yāre — whomever; dekha — you meet; tāre — him; kaha — tell; kṛṣṇa-upadeśa — the instruction of the Bhagavad-gītā as it is spoken by the Lord or of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, which advises one to worship Śrī Kṛṣṇa; āmāra ājñāya — under My order; guru hañā — becoming a spiritual master; tāra’ — deliver; ei deśa — this country.

Translation

“Instruct everyone to follow the orders of Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa as they are given in the Bhagavad-gītā and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. In this way become a spiritual master and try to liberate everyone in this land.”

CC Ādi 8.15 

শ্রীকৃষ্ণচৈতন্য–দয়া করহ বিচার । 

বিচার করিলে চিত্তে পাবে চমৎকার ॥ ১৫ ॥ 

śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya-dayā karaha vicāra 

vicāra karite citte pābe camatkāra 

Synonyms  

śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; dayā — His mercy; karaha — just put into; vicāra — consideration; vicāra — when such consideration; karile — will be done by you; citte — in your heart; pābe — you will get; camatkāra — striking wonder.  

Translation  

If you are indeed interested in logic and argument, kindly apply it to the mercy of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. If you do so, you will find it to be strikingly wonderful.

CC Madhya 8.70

কৃষ্ণভক্তিরসভাবিতা মতিঃ

ক্রীয়তাং যদি কুতোঽপি লভ্যতে ।

তত্র লৌল্যমপি মূল্যমেকলং

জন্মকোটিসুকৃতৈর্ন লভ্যতে ॥ ৭০ ॥

kṛṣṇa-bhakti-rasa-bhāvitā matiḥ

krīyatāṁ yadi kuto ’pi labhyate

tatra laulyam api mūlyam ekalaṁ

janma-koṭi-sukṛtair na labhyate

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-bhakti-rasa-bhāvitā — absorbed in the mellows of executing devotional service to Kṛṣṇa; matiḥ — intelligence; krīyatām — let it be purchased; yadi — if; kutaḥ api — somewhere; labhyate — is available; tatra — there; laulyam — greed; api — indeed; mūlyam — price; ekalam — only; janma-koṭi — of millions of births; sukṛtaiḥ — by pious activities; na — not; labhyate — is obtained.

Translation

“ ‘Pure devotional service in Kṛṣṇa consciousness cannot be had even by pious activity in hundreds and thousands of lives. It can be attained only by paying one price — that is, intense greed to obtain it. If it is available somewhere, one must purchase it without delay.’ ”

Purport by MGDAS

Important line to memorize: tatra laulyam api mūlyam ekalaṁ - Pure devotional service in Kṛṣṇa consciousness [...] can be attained only by paying one price — that is, intense greed to obtain it. See also: Priceless Moments with a Pure Devotee by Trivikrama Swami - Chapter 5 - Life-long lessons (1975-1976) - Appreciating the contribution (page 104).

CC Madhya 8.128

kibā vipra, kibā nyāsī, śūdra kene naya

yei kṛṣṇa-tattva-vettā, sei ‘guru’ haya

Synonyms

kibā — whether; vipra — a brāhmaṇa; kibā — whether; nyāsī — a sannyāsī; śūdra — a śūdra; kene — why; naya — not; yei — anyone who; kṛṣṇa-tattva-vettā — a knower of the science of Kṛṣṇa; sei — that person; guru — the spiritual master; haya — is.

Translation

“Whether one is a brāhmaṇa, a sannyāsī or a śūdra — regardless of what he is — he can become a spiritual master if he knows the science of Kṛṣṇa.”

CC Madhya 8.167

কারুণ্যামৃত-ধারায় স্নান প্রথম ।

তারুণ্যামৃত-ধারায় স্নান মধ্যম ॥ ১৬৭ ॥

kāruṇyāmṛta-dhārāya snāna prathama

tāruṇyāmṛta-dhārāya snāna madhyama

Synonyms

kāruṇya-amṛta — of the nectar of mercy; dhārāya — in the shower; snāna — bath; prathama — first; tāruṇya-amṛta — of the nectar of youth; dhārāya — in the shower; snāna — bath; madhyama — in the middle.

Translation

“Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī takes Her first bath in the shower of the nectar of compassion, and She takes Her second bath in the nectar of youth.

CC Madhya 8.282

 tabe hāsi’ tāṅre prabhu dekhāila svarūpa

 ‘rasa-rāja’, ‘mahābhāva’ — dui eka rūpa 

Synonyms  

tabe — therefore; hāsi’ — smiling; tāṅre — unto him (Rāmānanda Rāya); prabhu — the Lord; dekhāila — showed; svarūpa — His personal form; rasa-rāja — the king of all transcendental humors; mahā-bhāva — the condition of ecstatic love; dui — two; eka — one; rūpa — form. 

 Translation  

Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa is the reservoir of all pleasure, and Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī is the personification of ecstatic love of Godhead. These two forms had combined as one in Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. This being the case, Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu revealed His real form to Rāmānanda Rāya.

This is the paribhava sutra of Mandali dasi

CC Madhya 11.28

যে মে ভক্তজনাঃ পার্থ ন মে ভক্তাশ্চ তে জনাঃ ।

মদ্ভক্তানাঞ্চ যে ভক্তাস্তে মে ভক্ততমা মতাঃ ॥ ২৮ ॥

ye me bhakta-janāḥ pārtha

na me bhaktāś ca te janāḥ

mad-bhaktānāṁ ca ye bhaktās

te me bhakta-tamā matāḥ

Synonyms

ye — those who; me — My; bhakta-janāḥ — devotees; pārtha — O Pārtha; na — not; me — My; bhaktāḥ — devotees; ca — and; te — those; janāḥ — persons; mat-bhaktānām — of My devotees; ca — certainly; ye — those who; bhaktāḥ — devotees; te — such persons; me — My; bhakta-tamāḥ — most advanced devotees; matāḥ — that is My opinion.

Translation

“[Lord Kṛṣṇa told Arjuna:] ‘Those who are My direct devotees are actually not My devotees, but those who are the devotees of My servant are factually My devotees.’PurportŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu quotes this verse from the Ādi Purāṇa. The verse is also included in the Laghu-bhāgavatāmṛta (2.6).

and also

CC Ādi 17.31

তৃণাদপি সুনীচেন তরোরিব সহিষ্ণুনা ।

অমানিনা মানদেন কীর্তনীয়ঃ সদা হরিঃ ॥ ৩১ ॥

tṛṇād api su-nīcena

taror iva sahiṣṇunā

amāninā māna-dena

kīrtanīyaḥ sadā hariḥ

Synonyms

tṛṇāt api — than downtrodden grass; su-nīcena — being lower; taroḥ — than a tree; iva — like; sahiṣṇunā — with tolerance; amāninā — without being puffed up by false pride; māna-dena — giving respect to all; kīrtanīyaḥ — to be chanted; sadā — always; hariḥ — the holy name of the Lord.

Translation

“One who thinks himself lower than the grass, who is more tolerant than a tree, and who does not expect personal honor yet is always prepared to give all respect to others can very easily always chant the holy name of the Lord.”

CC Madhya 13.80

nāhaṁ vipro na ca nara-patir nāpi vaiśyo na śūdro

nāhaṁ varṇī na ca gṛha-patir no vanastho yatir vā

kintu prodyan-nikhila-paramānanda-pūrnāmṛtābdher

gopī-bhartuḥ pada-kamalayor dāsa-dāsānudāsaḥ

Synonyms

na — not; aham — I; vipraḥ — a brāhmaṇa; na — not; ca — also; nara-patiḥ — a king or kṣatriya; na — not; api — also; vaiśyaḥ — belonging to the mercantile class; na — not; śūdraḥ — belonging to the worker class; na — not; aham — I; varṇī — belonging to any caste, or brahmacārī (A brahmacārī may belong to any caste. Anyone can become a brahmacārī, or lead a life of celibacy.); na — not; ca — also; gṛha-patiḥ — householder; no — not; vana-sthaḥ — vānaprastha, one who, after retirement from family life, goes to the forest to learn how to be detached from family life; yatiḥ — mendicant or renunciant; vā — either; kintu — but; prodyan — brilliant; nikhila — universal; parama-ānanda — with transcendental bliss; pūrṇa — complete; amṛta-abdheḥ — who is the ocean of nectar; gopī-bhartuḥ — of the Supreme Person, who is the maintainer of the gopīs; pada-kamalayoḥ — of the two lotus feet; dāsa — of the servant; dāsa-anudāsaḥ — the servant of the servant.

Translation

“ ‘I am not a brāhmaṇa, I am not a kṣatriya, I am not a vaiśya or a śūdra. Nor am I a brahmacārī, a householder, a vānaprastha or a sannyāsī. I identify Myself only as the servant of the servant of the servant of the lotus feet of Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the maintainer of the gopīs. He is like an ocean of nectar, and He is the cause of universal transcendental bliss. He is always existing with brilliance.’ ”

Purport

This is verse 74 from the Padyāvalī, an anthology of verses compiled by Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī.

CC Madhya 15.106

prabhu kahe, — “yāṅra mukhe śuni eka-bāra

kṛṣṇa-nāma, sei pūjya, — śreṣṭha sabākāra”

Synonyms

prabhu kahe — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied; yāṅra mukhe — in whose mouth; śuni — I hear; eka-bāra — once; kṛṣṇa-nāma — the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa; sei pūjya — he is worshipable; śreṣṭha sabākāra — the best of all human beings.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied, “Whoever chants the holy name of Kṛṣṇa just once is worshipable and is the topmost human being.

Purport

(Cc. Madhya 22.64, 69, 71)

CC Ādi 17.22

কলিকালে নামরূপে কৃষ্ণ–অবতার ।

নাম হৈতে হয় সর্বজগৎ–নিস্তার ॥ ২২ ॥

kali-kāle nāma-rūpe kṛṣṇa-avatāra

nāma haite haya sarva-jagat-nistāra

Synonyms

kali-kāle — in this Age of Kali; nāma-rūpe — in the form of the holy name; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa; avatāra — incarnation; nāma — holy name; haite — from; haya — becomes; sarva — all; jagat — of the world; nistāra — deliverance.

Translation

“In this Age of Kali, the holy name of the Lord, the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, is the incarnation of Lord Kṛṣṇa. Simply by chanting the holy name, one associates with the Lord directly. Anyone who does this is certainly delivered.

CC Madhya 17.129

prabhu kahe, — “māyāvādī kṛṣṇe aparādhī

‘brahma’, ‘ātmā’ ‘caitanya’ kahe niravadhi

Synonyms

prabhu kahe — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; māyāvādī — the impersonalists; kṛṣṇe — unto Kṛṣṇa; aparādhī — great offenders; brahma — brahma; ātmā — ātmā; caitanya — caitanya; kahe — say; niravadhi — without stopping.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied, “The Māyāvādī impersonalists are great offenders unto Lord Kṛṣṇa; therefore they simply utter the words ‘Brahman,’ ‘ātmā’ and ‘caitanya.’

CC Madhya 17.133

nāma cintāmaṇiḥ kṛṣṇaś

caitanya-rasa-vigrahaḥ

pūrṇaḥ śuddho nitya-mukto

’bhinnatvān nāma-nāminoḥ

Synonyms

nāmaḥ — the holy name; cintāmaṇiḥ — transcendentally blissful giver of all spiritual benedictions; kṛṣṇaḥ — not different from Kṛṣṇa; caitanya-rasa-vigrahaḥ — the form of all transcendental mellows; pūrṇaḥ — complete; śuddhaḥ — pure, without material contamination; nitya — eternal; muktaḥ — liberated; abhinnatvāt — due to not being different; nāma — of the holy name; nāminoḥ — and of the person who has the name.

Translation

“ ‘The holy name of Kṛṣṇa is transcendentally blissful. It bestows all spiritual benedictions, for it is Kṛṣṇa Himself, the reservoir of all pleasure. Kṛṣṇa’s name is complete, and it is the form of all transcendental mellows. It is not a material name under any condition, and it is no less powerful than Kṛṣṇa Himself. Since Kṛṣṇa’s name is not contaminated by the material qualities, there is no question of its being involved with māyā. Kṛṣṇa’s name is always liberated and spiritual; it is never conditioned by the laws of material nature. This is because the name of Kṛṣṇa and Kṛṣṇa Himself are identical.’

CC Madhya 17.136

ataḥ śrī-kṛṣṇa-nāmādi 

 na bhaved grāhyam indriyaiḥ

sevonmukhe hi jihvādau

svayam eva sphuraty adaḥ

Synonyms

ataḥ — therefore (because Kṛṣṇa’s name, form and qualities are all on the absolute platform); śrī-kṛṣṇa-nāma-ādi — Lord Kṛṣṇa’s name, form, qualities, pastimes and so on; na — not; bhavet — can be; grāhyam — perceived; indriyaiḥ — by the blunt material senses; sevā-unmukhe — to one engaged in His service; hi — certainly; jihvā-ādau — beginning with the tongue; svayam — personally; eva — certainly; sphurati — become manifest; adaḥ — those (Kṛṣṇa’s name, form, qualities and so on).

Translation

“ ‘Therefore material senses cannot appreciate Kṛṣṇa’s holy name, form, qualities and pastimes. When a conditioned soul is awakened to Kṛṣṇa consciousness and renders service by using his tongue to chant the Lord’s holy name and taste the remnants of the Lord’s food, the tongue is purified, and one gradually comes to understand who Kṛṣṇa really is.’

Purport

This verse is recorded in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (1.2.234).

CC Madhya 17.186

tarko ‘pratiṣṭhaḥ śrutayo vibhinnā

 nāsāv ṛṣir yasya mataṁ na bhinnam

 dharmasya tattvaṁ nihitaṁ guhāyāṁ

 mahājano yena gataḥ sa panthāḥ

SYNONYMS

 tarkaḥ—dry argument; apratiṣṭhaḥ—not fixed; śrutayaḥ—Vedas; vibhinnāḥ—possessing different departments; na—not; asau—that; ṛṣiḥ—great sage; yasya—whose; matam—opinion; na—not; bhinnam—separate; dharmasya—of religious principles; tattvam—truth; nihitam—placed; guhāyām—in the heart of a realized person; mahā-janaḥ—self-realized predecessors; yena—by which way; gataḥ—acted; saḥ—that; panthāḥ—the pure unadulterated path. 

TRANSLATION 

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “‘Dry arguments are inconclusive. A great personality whose opinion does not differ from others is not considered a great sage. Simply by studying the Vedas, which are variegated, one cannot come to the right path by which religious principles are understood. The solid truth of religious principles is hidden in the heart of an unadulterated, self-realized person. Consequently, as the śāstras confirm, one should accept whatever progressive path the mahājanas advocate.’”

CC Madhya 19.53

namo mahā-vadānyāya

kṛṣṇa-prema-pradāya te

kṛṣṇāya kṛṣṇa-caitanya-

nāmne gaura-tviṣe namaḥ

Synonyms

namaḥ — obeisances; mahā-vadānyāya — who is most munificent and charitably disposed; kṛṣṇa-prema — love of Kṛṣṇa; pradāya — who can give; te — unto You; kṛṣṇāya — the original Personality of Godhead; kṛṣṇa-caitanya-nāmne — under the name Kṛṣṇa Caitanya; gaura-tviṣe — whose complexion is the golden complexion of Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī; namaḥ — obeisances.

Translation

“O most munificent incarnation! You are Kṛṣṇa Himself appearing as Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu. You have assumed the golden color of Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī, and You are widely distributing pure love of Kṛṣṇa. We offer our respectful obeisances unto You.

CC Madhya 19.75 

ভগবদ্ভক্তিহীনস্য জাতিঃ শাস্ত্রং জপস্তপঃ । 

অপ্রাণস্যেব দেহস্য মণ্ডনং লোকরঞ্জনম্‌ ॥ ৭৫ ॥

 bhagavad-bhakti-hīnasya 

jātiḥ śāstraṁ japas tapaḥ

 aprāṇasyeva dehasya 

maṇḍanaṁ loka-rañjanam 

Synonyms  

bhagavat-bhakti-hīnasya — of a person devoid of devotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; jātiḥ — birth in a high caste; śāstram — knowledge in the revealed scriptures; japaḥ — pronunciation of mantras; tapaḥ — austerities and penances; aprāṇasya — which is dead; iva — like; dehasya — of a body; maṇḍanam — decoration; loka — to the whims of people in general; rañjanam — simply pleasing.

  Translation  

“ ‘For a person devoid of devotional service, birth in a great family or nation, knowledge of the revealed scriptures, performance of austerities and penance, and chanting of Vedic mantras are all like ornaments on a dead body. Such ornaments simply serve the concocted pleasures of the general populace.’ ”

Purport by MGDAS

This verse and the previous (CC Madhya 19.74) are quoted from the Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya (3.11, 12), a transcendental literature extracted from the Purāṇas.

CC Madhya 19.151

brahmāṇḍa bhramite kona bhāgyavān jīva

guru-kṛṣṇa-prasāde pāya bhakti-latā-bīja

Synonyms

brahmāṇḍa bhramite — wandering in this universe; kona — some; bhāgyavān — most fortunate; jīva — living being; guru — of the spiritual master; kṛṣṇa — of Kṛṣṇa; prasāde — by the mercy; pāya — gets; bhakti-latā — of the creeper of devotional service; bīja — the seed.

Translation

“According to their karma, all living entities are wandering throughout the entire universe. Some of them are being elevated to the upper planetary systems, and some are going down into the lower planetary systems. Out of many millions of wandering living entities, one who is very fortunate gets an opportunity to associate with a bona fide spiritual master by the grace of Kṛṣṇa. By the mercy of both Kṛṣṇa and the spiritual master, such a person receives the seed of the creeper of devotional service.

CC Madhya 19.152

mālī hañā kare sei bīja āropaṇa

śravaṇa-kīrtana-jale karaye secana

Synonyms

mālī hañā — becoming a gardener; kare — does; sei — that; bīja — seed of devotional service; āropaṇa — sowing; śravaṇa — of hearing; kīrtana — of chanting; jale — with the water; karaye — does; secana — sprinkling.

Translation

“When a person receives the seed of devotional service, he should take care of it by becoming a gardener and sowing the seed in his heart. If he waters the seed gradually by the process of śravaṇa and kīrtana [hearing and chanting], the seed will begin to sprout.

CC Madhya 19.167

anyābhilāṣitā-śūnyaṁ

jñāna-karmādy-anāvṛtam

ānukūlyena kṛṣṇānu-

śīlanaṁ bhaktir uttamā

Synonyms

anya-abhilāṣitā-śūnyam — without desires other than those for the service of Lord Kṛṣṇa, or without material desires (such as those for meat-eating, illicit sex, gambling and addiction to intoxicants); jñāna — by the knowledge of the philosophy of the monist Māyāvādīs*; karma — by fruitive activities; ādi — by artificially practicing detachment, by the mechanical practice of yoga, by studying the Sāṅkhya philosophy, and so on; anāvṛtam — not covered; ānukūlyena — favorable; kṛṣṇa-anuśīlanam — cultivation of service in relationship to Kṛṣṇa; bhaktiḥ uttamā — first-class devotional service.

Translation

“ ‘When first-class devotional service develops, one must be devoid of all material desires, knowledge obtained by monistic philosophy, and fruitive action. The devotee must constantly serve Kṛṣṇa favorably, as Kṛṣṇa desires.’

CC Madhya 19.170

sarvopadhi-vinirmuktam

 tat-paratvena nirmalam

hrsikena hrsikesa-

 sevanam bhaktir ucyate

SYNONYMS

sarva-upadhi-vinirmuktam — free from all kinds of material designations, or free from all desires except the desire to render service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tat-paratvena — by the sole purpose of serving the Supreme Personality of Godhead; nirmalam — uncontaminated by the effects of speculative philosophical research or fruitive activity; hrsikena — by purified senses freed from all designations; hrsika-isa — of the master of the senses; sevanam — the service to satisfy the senses; bhaktih — devotional service; ucyate —is called.

TRANSLATION

"'Bhakti, or devotional service, means engaging all our senses in the service of the Lord, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of all the senses. When the spirit soul renders service unto the Supreme, there are two side effects. One is freed from all material designations, and one's senses are purified simply by being employed in the service of the Lord.'

CC Madhya 20.59 

বিপ্রাদ্‌দ্বিষড়্ গুণযুতাদরবিন্দনাভ- 

পাদারবিন্দবিমুখাৎ শ্বপচং বরিষ্ঠম্‌ । 

মন্যে তদর্পিত-মনোবচনেহিতার্থ- 

প্রাণং পুনাতি স কুলং ন তু ভূরিমানঃ ॥ ৫৯ ॥ 

viprād dvi-ṣaḍ-guṇa-yutād aravinda-nābha- pādāravinda-vimukhāt śva-pacaṁ variṣṭham 

manye tad-arpita-mano-vacanehitārtha-

 prāṇaṁ punāti sa kulaṁ na tu bhūri-mānaḥ 

Synonyms 

 viprāt — than a brāhmaṇa; dvi-ṣaṭ-guṇa-yutāt — who is qualified with twelve brahminical qualifications; aravinda-nābha — of Lord Viṣṇu, who has a lotuslike navel; pāda-aravinda — unto the lotus feet; vimukhāt — than a person bereft of devotion; śva-pacam — a caṇḍāla, or a person accustomed to eating dogs; variṣṭham — more glorified; manye — I think; tat-arpita — dedicated unto Him; manaḥ — mind; vacana — words; īhita — activities; artha — wealth; prāṇam — life; punāti — purifies; saḥ — he; kulam — his family; na tu — but not; bhūri-mānaḥ — a brāhmaṇa proud of possessing such qualities.  

Translation 

 “ ‘One may be born in a brāhmaṇa family and have all twelve brahminical qualities, but if he is not devoted to the lotus feet of Lord Kṛṣṇa, who has a navel shaped like a lotus, he is not as good as a caṇḍāla who has dedicated his mind, words, activities, wealth and life to the service of the Lord. Simply to take birth in a brāhmaṇa family or to have brahminical qualities is not sufficient. One must become a pure devotee of the Lord. If a śva-paca or caṇḍāla is a devotee, he delivers not only himself but his whole family, whereas a brāhmaṇa who is not a devotee but simply has brahminical qualifications cannot even purify himself, what to speak of his family.’ ”

CC Madhya 20.108-109

jīvera ‘svarūpa’ haya — kṛṣṇera ‘nitya-dāsa’

kṛṣṇera ‘taṭasthā-śakti’ ‘bhedābheda-prakāśa’

sūryāṁśa-kiraṇa, yaiche agni-jvālā-caya

svābhāvika kṛṣṇera tina-prakāra ‘śakti’ haya

Synonyms

jīvera — of the living entity; svarūpa — the constitutional position; haya — is; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa; nitya-dāsa — eternal servant; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa; taṭasthā — marginal; śakti — potency; bheda-abheda — one and different; prakāśa — manifestation; sūrya-aṁśa — part and parcel of the sun; kiraṇa — a ray of sunshine; yaiche — as; agni-jvālā-caya — molecular particle of fire; svābhāvika — naturally; kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa; tina-prakāra — three varieties; śakti — energies; haya — there are.

Translation

“It is the living entity’s constitutional position to be an eternal servant of Kṛṣṇa because he is the marginal energy of Kṛṣṇa and a manifestation simultaneously one with and different from the Lord, like a molecular particle of sunshine or fire. Kṛṣṇa has three varieties of energy.

CC Madhya 20.110

eka-deśa-sthitasyāgner

jyotsnā vistāriṇī yathā

parasya brahmaṇaḥ śaktis

tathedam akhilaṁ jagat

Synonyms

eka-deśa — in one place; sthitasya — being situated; agneḥ — of fire; jyotsnā — the illumination; vistāriṇī — expanded everywhere; yathā — just as; parasya — of the Supreme; brahmaṇaḥ — of the Absolute Truth; śaktiḥ — the energy; tathā — similarly; idam — this; akhilam — entire; jagat — universe.

Translation

“ ‘Just as the illumination of a fire, which is situated in one place, is spread all over, the energies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Parabrahman, are spread all over this universe.’

Purport

This is a quotation from the Viṣṇu Purāṇa (1.22.53).

CC Madhya 20.158

vadanti tat tattva-vidas

tattvaṁ yaj jñānam advayam

brahmeti paramātmeti

bhagavān iti śabdyate

Synonyms

vadanti — they say; tat — that; tattva-vidaḥ — learned souls; tattvam — the Absolute Truth; yat — which; jñānam — knowledge; advayam — nondual; brahma — Brahman; iti — thus; paramātmā — Paramātmā; iti — thus; bhagavān — Bhagavān; iti — thus; śabdyate — is known.

Translation

“ ‘Learned transcendentalists who know the Absolute Truth call this nondual substance Brahman, Paramātmā or Bhagavān.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.2.11). [...] For a further explanation, see Ādi-līlā, chapter two, verse 11. CC Ādi 2.11

CC Madhya 22.49

sādhu-saṅge kṛṣṇa-bhaktye śraddhā yadi haya

bhakti-phala ‘prema’ haya, saṁsāra yāya kṣaya

Synonyms

sādhu-saṅge — by the association of devotees; kṛṣṇa-bhaktye — in discharging devotional service to Kṛṣṇa; śraddhā — faith; yadi — if; haya — there is; bhakti-phala — the result of devotional service to Kṛṣṇa; prema — love of Godhead; haya — awakens; saṁsāra — the conditioned life in material existence; yāya kṣaya — becomes vanquished.

Translation

“By associating with a devotee, one awakens his faith in devotional service to Kṛṣṇa. Because of devotional service, one’s dormant love for Kṛṣṇa awakens, and thus one’s material, conditioned existence comes to an end.

CC Madhya 22.54

‘sādhu-saṅga’, ‘sādhu-saṅga’ — sarva-śāstre kaya

lava-mātra sādhu-saṅge sarva-siddhi haya

Synonyms

sādhu-saṅga sādhu-saṅga — association with pure devotees; sarva-śāstre — all the revealed scriptures; kaya — say; lava-mātra — even for a moment; sādhu-saṅge — by association with a devotee; sarva-siddhi — all success; haya — there is.

Translation

“The verdict of all revealed scriptures is that by even a moment’s association with a pure devotee, one can attain all success.

CC Madhya 22.55

tulayāma lavenāpi

na svargaṁ nāpunar-bhavam

bhagavat-saṅgi-saṅgasya

martyānāṁ kim utāśiṣaḥ

Synonyms

tulayāma — we make equal; lavena — with one instant; api — even; na — not; svargam — heavenly planets; na — nor; apunaḥ-bhavam — merging into the existence of the Supreme; bhagavat-saṅgi-saṅgasya — of the association of devotees who are always associated with the Supreme Personality of Godhead; martyānām — of persons destined to die; kim uta — what to speak of; āśiṣaḥ — the blessings.

Translation

“ ‘The value of a moment’s association with a devotee of the Lord cannot be compared even to the attainment of the heavenly planets or liberation from matter, and what to speak of worldly benedictions in the form of material prosperity, which is for those who are meant for death.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.18.13). 

CC Madhya 22.62

‘śraddhā’-śabde — viśvāsa kahe sudṛḍha niścaya

kṛṣṇe bhakti kaile sarva-karma kṛta haya

Synonyms

śraddhā-śabde — by the word śraddhā; viśvāsa — faith; kahe — is said; sudṛḍha — firm; niścaya — certain; kṛṣṇe — unto Lord Kṛṣṇa; bhakti — devotional service; kaile — by executing; sarva-karma — all activities; kṛta — completed; haya — are.

Translation

“Śraddhā is confident, firm faith that by rendering transcendental loving service to Kṛṣṇa one automatically performs all subsidiary activities. Such faith is favorable to the discharge of devotional service.

CC Madhya 22.74
arcāyām eva haraye
pūjāṁ yaḥ śraddhayehate
na tad-bhakteṣu cānyeṣu
sa bhaktaḥ prākṛtaḥ smṛtaḥ

Synonyms
arcāyām — in the temple worship; eva — certainly; haraye — for the pleasure of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; pūjām — worship; yaḥ — anyone who; śraddhayā — with faith and love; īhate — executes; na — not; tat-bhakteṣu — to the devotees of the Lord; ca anyeṣu — and to others; saḥ — he; bhaktaḥ — a devotee; prākṛtaḥ — materialistic; smṛtaḥ — is considered.

Translation
“ ‘A prākṛta-bhakta, or materialistic devotee, does not purposefully study the śāstra and try to understand the actual standard of pure devotional service. Consequently he does not show proper respect to advanced devotees. He may, however, follow the regulative principles learned from his spiritual master or from his family who worships the Deity. He is to be considered on the material platform, although he is trying to advance in devotional service. Such a person is a bhakta-prāya [neophyte devotee], or bhaktābhāsa, for he is a little enlightened by Vaiṣṇava philosophy.’

CC Madhya 22.83

kṛṣṇa-bhakti-janma-mūla haya ‘sādhu-saṅga’

kṛṣṇa-prema janme, teṅho punaḥ mukhya aṅga

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-bhakti — of devotional service to Kṛṣṇa; janma-mūla — the root cause; haya — is; sādhu-saṅga — association with advanced devotees; kṛṣṇa-prema — love of Kṛṣṇa; janme — awakens; teṅho — that same association with devotees; punaḥ — again; mukhya aṅga — the chief principle.

Translation

“The root cause of devotional service to Lord Kṛṣṇa is association with advanced devotees. Even when one’s dormant love for Kṛṣṇa awakens, association with devotees is still most essential.

CC Madhya 22.87

asat-sanga-tyaga, -- ei vaisnava-acara

'stri-sangi' -- eka asadhu, 'krsnabhakta' ara

SYNONYMS

asat-saṅga-tyāga — rejection of the association of nondevotees; ei — this; vaiṣṇava-ācāra — the behavior of a Vaiṣṇava; strī-saṅgī — who associates with women for sense gratification; eka — one; asādhu — unsaintly person; kṛṣṇa-abhakta — one who is not a devotee of Lord Kṛṣṇa; āra — another.

TRANSLATION

"For a Vaisnava, the standard behavior is to avoid the assocation of ordinary people not interested in krsna-bhakti. Such common people are, first, those who are too materially attached, especially to women, and, second, people who are not at all devotees of Lord Krsna. Vaisnavas should avoid the company of these two kinds of people.

CC Madhya 22.107

nitya-siddha kṛṣṇa-prema ‘sādhya’ kabhu naya

śravaṇādi-śuddha-citte karaye udaya

Synonyms

nitya-siddha — eternally established; kṛṣṇa-prema — love of Kṛṣṇa; sādhya — to be gained; kabhu — at any time; naya — not; śravaṇa-ādi — by hearing, etc.; śuddha — purified; citte — in the heart; karaye udaya — awakens.

Translation

“Pure love for Kṛṣṇa is eternally established in the hearts of the living entities. It is not something to be gained from another source. When the heart is purified by hearing and chanting, this love naturally awakens.

CC Madhya 22.113

smartavyaḥ satataṁ viṣṇur

vismartavyo na jātucit

sarve vidhi-niṣedhāḥ syur

etayor eva kiṅkarāḥ

Synonyms

smartavyaḥ — to be remembered; satatam — always; viṣṇuḥ — Lord Viṣṇu; vismartavyaḥ — to be forgotten; na — not; jātucit — at any time; sarve — all; vidhi-niṣedhāḥ — rules and prohibitions mentioned in the revealed scripture or given by the spiritual master; syuḥ — should be; etayoḥ — of these two principles (always to remember Kṛṣṇa or Viṣṇu and never to forget Him); eva — certainly; kiṅkarāḥ — the servants.

Translation

“ ‘Kṛṣṇa is the origin of Lord Viṣṇu. He should always be remembered and never forgotten at any time. All the rules and prohibitions mentioned in the śāstras should be the servants of these two principles.’

CC Madhya 22.121
śravaṇa, kīrtana, smaraṇa, pūjana, vandana
paricaryā, dāsya, sakhya, ātma-nivedana

Synonyms
śravaṇa — hearing; kīrtana — chanting; smaraṇa — remembering; pūjana — worshiping; vandana — praying; paricaryā — serving; dāsya — accepting servitorship; sakhya — friendship; ātma-nivedana — surrendering fully.

Translation
“After one is established in devotional service, the positive actions are (1) hearing, (2) chanting, (3) remembering, (4) worshiping, (5) praying, (6) serving, (7) accepting servitorship, (8) becoming a friend and (9) surrendering fully.

CC Madhya 22.128
sādhu-saṅga, nāma-kīrtana, bhāgavata-śravaṇa
mathurā-vāsa, śrī-mūrtira śraddhāya sevana

Synonyms
sādhu-saṅga — association with devotees; nāma-kīrtana — chanting the holy name; bhāgavata-śravaṇa — hearing Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; mathurā-vāsa — living at Mathurā; śrī-mūrtira śraddhāya sevana — worshiping the Deity with faith and veneration.

Translation
“One should associate with devotees, chant the holy name of the Lord, hear Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, reside at Mathurā and worship the Deity with faith and veneration.

CC Madhya 22.130

 শ্রদ্ধা বিশেষতঃ প্রীতিঃ শ্রীমূর্তেরঙ্ঘ্রিসেবনে ॥ ১৩০ ॥ 

śraddhā viśeṣataḥ prītiḥ 

śrī-mūrter aṅghri-sevane 

Synonyms

  śraddhā — faith; viśeṣataḥ — particularly; prītiḥ — love; śrī-mūrteḥ — of the Deity form of the Lord; aṅghri-sevane — in service of the lotus feet.  Translation  “ ‘With love and full faith one should worship the lotus feet of the Deity.  

Purport 

This verse and the following two verses are found in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (1.2.90-92).

CC Madhya 22.131 

শ্রীমদ্ভাগবতার্থানামাস্বাদো রসিকৈঃ সহ । 

সজাতীয়াশয়ে স্নিগ্ধে সাধৌ সঙ্গঃ স্বতো বরে ॥ ১৩১ ॥ 

śrīmad-bhāgavatārthānām 

āsvādo rasikaiḥ saha 

sajātīyāśaye snigdhe 

sādhau saṅgaḥ svato vare 

Synonyms

  śrīmad-bhāgavata — of the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; arthānām — of the meanings; āsvādaḥ — enjoying the taste; rasikaiḥ saha — with the devotees; sa-jātīya — similar; āśaye — endowed with a desire; snigdhe — advanced in devotional affection; sādhau — with a devotee; saṅgaḥ — association; svataḥ — for one’s self; vare — better.  

Translation

  “ ‘One should taste the meaning of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in the association of pure devotees, and one should associate with the devotees who are more advanced than oneself and who are endowed with a similar type of affection for the Lord.

CC Madhya 22.132 

নামসংকীর্তনং শ্রীমন্মথুরামণ্ডলে স্থিতিঃ ॥ ১৩২ ॥

 nāma-saṅkīrtanaṁ śrīman-

 mathurā-maṇḍale sthitiḥ 

Synonyms

  nāma-saṅkīrtanam — chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra; śrīman-mathurā-maṇḍale — in Mathurā, where Kṛṣṇa specifically performs His pastimes; sthitiḥ — residence.

  Translation

  “ ‘One should congregationally chant the holy name of the Lord and reside in Vṛndāvana.’

CC Madhya 22.136
śrī-viṣṇoḥ śravaṇe parīkṣid abhavad vaiyāsakiḥ kīrtane
prahlādaḥ smaraṇe tad-aṅghri-bhajane lakṣmīḥ pṛthuḥ pūjane
akrūras tv abhivandane kapi-patir dāsye ’tha sakhye ’rjunaḥ
sarva-svātma-nivedane balir abhūt kṛṣṇāptir eṣāṁ parā

Synonyms
śrī-viṣṇoḥ — of Lord Śrī Viṣṇu; śravaṇe — in hearing; parīkṣit — King Parīkṣit, known also as Viṣṇurāta, or one who is protected by Lord Viṣṇu; abhavat — was; vaiyāsakiḥ — Śukadeva Gosvāmī; kīrtane — in reciting Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; prahlādaḥ — Mahārāja Prahlāda; smaraṇe — in remembering; tat-aṅghri — of Lord Viṣṇu’s lotus feet; bhajane — in serving; lakṣmīḥ — the goddess of fortune; pṛthuḥ — Mahārāja Pṛthu; pūjane — in worshiping the Deity of the Lord; akrūraḥ — Akrūra; tu — but; abhivandane — in offering prayers; kapi-patiḥ — Hanumānjī, or Vajrāṅgajī; dāsye — in servitude to Lord Rāmacandra; atha — moreover; sakhye — in friendship; arjunaḥ — Arjuna; sarva-sva-ātma-nivedane — in fully dedicating oneself; baliḥ — Mahārāja Bali; abhūt — was; kṛṣṇa-āptiḥ — the achievement of the lotus feet of Lord Kṛṣṇa; eṣām — of all of them; parā — transcendental.

Translation
“ ‘Mahārāja Parīkṣit attained the highest perfection, shelter at Lord Kṛṣṇa’s lotus feet, simply by hearing about Lord Viṣṇu. Śukadeva Gosvāmī attained perfection simply by reciting Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Prahlāda Mahārāja attained perfection by remembering the Lord. The goddess of fortune attained perfection by massaging the transcendental legs of Mahā-Viṣṇu. Mahārāja Pṛthu attained perfection by worshiping the Deity, and Akrūra attained perfection by offering prayers unto the Lord. Vajrāṅgajī [Hanumān] attained perfection by rendering service to Lord Rāmacandra, and Arjuna attained perfection simply by being Kṛṣṇa’s friend. Bali Mahārāja attained perfection by dedicating everything to the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa.’


CC Madhya 22.137-139
sa vai manaḥ kṛṣṇa-padāravindayor
vacāṁsi vaikuṇṭha-guṇānuvarṇane
karau harer mandira-mārjanādiṣu
śrutiṁ cakārācyuta-sat-kathodaye

mukunda-liṅgālaya-darśane dṛśau
tad-bhṛtya-gātra-sparaśe ’ṅga-saṅgamam
ghrāṇaṁ ca tat-pāda-saroja-saurabhe
śrīmat-tulasyā rasanāṁ tad-arpite

pādau hareḥ kṣetra-padānusarpaṇe
śiro hṛṣīkeśa-padābhivandane
kāmaṁ ca dāsye na tu kāma-kāmyayā
yathottamaḥśloka-janāśrayā ratiḥ

Synonyms
saḥ — he (Mahārāja Ambarīṣa); vai — certainly; manaḥ — the mind; kṛṣṇa-pada-aravindayoḥ — on the two lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa; vacāṁsi — words; vaikuṇṭha-guṇa-anuvarṇane — in describing the transcendental character of Kṛṣṇa; karau — the two hands; hareḥ — of Lord Kṛṣṇa or Viṣṇu; mandira-mārjana-ādiṣu — in cleansing the temple of Hari and similar other duties; śrutim — the ears; cakāra — engaged; acyuta — of the Lord; sat-kathā-udaye — in the arising of transcendental topics; mukunda-liṅga — of the Deities of the Lord; ālaya — temples; darśane — in visiting; dṛśau — the two eyes; tat-bhṛtya — of the servants of the Lord; gātra — the bodies; sparaśe — in touching; aṅga-saṅgamam — bodily contact such as touching the lotus feet or embracing; ghrāṇam — the sensation of smell; ca — and; tat-pāda-saroja — of the Lord’s lotus feet; saurabhe — in the fragrance; śrīmat — most auspicious; tulasyāḥ — of tulasī leaves; rasanām — the tongue; tat-arpite — in food offered to the Lord; pādau — the two feet; hareḥ — of the Lord; kṣetra — the place of pilgrimage; pada-anusarpaṇe — in walking to; śiraḥ — the head; hṛṣīkeśa — of the Lord of the senses, the Personality of Godhead; pada-abhivandane — in offering prayers at the lotus feet; kāmam — all desires; ca — and; dāsye — in serving the Lord; na — not; tu — but; kāma-kāmyayā — with a desire for sense gratification; yathā — as much as; uttamaḥ-śloka — of the Lord, who is worshiped by selected poems; jana — in the devotee; āśrayā — having shelter; ratiḥ — attachment.

Translation
“ ‘Mahārāja Ambarīṣa always engaged his mind at the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, his words in describing the spiritual world and the Supreme Personality of Godhead, his hands in cleansing and washing the Lord’s temple, his ears in hearing topics about the Supreme Lord, his eyes in seeing the Deity of Lord Kṛṣṇa in the temple, his body in embracing Vaiṣṇavas or touching their lotus feet, his nostrils in smelling the aroma of the tulasī leaves offered to Kṛṣṇa’s lotus feet, his tongue in tasting food offered to Kṛṣṇa, his legs in going to places of pilgrimage like Vṛndāvana and Mathurā or to the Lord’s temple, his head in touching the lotus feet of the Lord and offering Him obeisances, and his desires in serving the Lord faithfully. In this way Mahārāja Ambarīṣa engaged his senses in the transcendental loving service of the Lord. As a result, he awakened his dormant loving propensity for the Lord’s service.’

Purport
This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (9.4.18-20).

CC Madhya 23.39

yāṅra citte kṛṣṇa-premā karaye udaya

tāṅra vākya, kriyā, mudrā vijñeha nā bujhaya

Synonyms

yāṅra citte — in whose heart; kṛṣṇa-premā — love of Kṛṣṇa; karaye udaya — awakens; tāṅra — his; vākya — words; kriyā — activities; mudrā — symptoms; vijñeha — even a learned scholar; nā bujhaya — does not understand.

Translation

“Even the most learned man cannot understand the words, activities and symptoms of a person situated in love of Godhead.

Comment by MGDas: This verse is many times quoted as: vaisnevera kriyā, mudrā vijñeha nā bujhaya

CC Madhya 23.66
vrajendra-nandana kṛṣṇa — nāyaka-śiromaṇi
nāyikāra śiromaṇi — rādhā-ṭhākurāṇī

Synonyms
vrajendra-nandana kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa, the son of Mahārāja Nanda; nāyaka-śiromaṇi — best of all heroes; nāyikāra śiromaṇi — the best of all heroines; rādhā-ṭhākurāṇī — Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī.

Translation
“Lord Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who appeared as the son of Nanda Mahārāja, is the supreme hero in all dealings. Similarly, Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī is the topmost heroine in all dealings.

CC Madhya 24.5

ātmārāmāś ca munayo

nirgranthā apy urukrame

kurvanty ahaitukīṁ bhaktim

ittham-bhūta-guṇo hariḥ

Synonyms

ātma-ārāmāḥ — persons who take pleasure in being transcendentally situated in the service of the Lord; ca — also; munayaḥ — great saintly persons who have completely rejected material aspirations, fruitive activities and so forth; nirgranthāḥ — without interest in any material desire; api — certainly; urukrame — unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, whose activities are wonderful; kurvanti — do; ahaitukīm — causeless, or without material desires; bhaktim — devotional service; ittham-bhūta — so wonderful as to attract the attention of the self-satisfied; guṇaḥ — who has transcendental qualities; hariḥ — the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

“ ‘Those who are self-satisfied and unattracted by external material desires are also attracted to the loving service of Śrī Kṛṣṇa, whose qualities are transcendental and whose activities are wonderful. Hari, the Personality of Godhead, is called Kṛṣṇa because He has such transcendentally attractive features.’

Purport

This is the famous ātmārāma verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.7.10).

CC Madhya 24.22

vibhu-rūpe vyāpe, śaktye dhāraṇa-poṣaṇa

mādhurya-śaktye goloka, aiśvarye paravyoma

Synonyms

vibhu-rūpe — in His all-pervasive feature; vyāpe — expands; śaktye — by His potency; dhāraṇa-poṣaṇa — maintaining and nourishing; mādhurya-śaktye — by His potency of conjugal love; goloka — the planetary system Goloka Vṛndāvana; aiśvarye — and by opulence; para-vyoma — the spiritual world.

Translation

“Through His all-pervasive feature, the Supreme Personality of Godhead has expanded the entire creation. He is holding and maintaining this creation by His extraordinary potency. By His conjugal potency, He maintains the planetary system known as Goloka Vṛndāvana. Through His six opulences, He maintains many Vaikuṇṭha planets.

Purport

In His gigantic form, Lord Kṛṣṇa has covered the creation. He holds all the planetary systems and maintains them by His inconceivable potencies. Similarly, He is maintaining His personal abode, Goloka Vṛndāvana, through His conjugal love, and He is maintaining the spiritual world containing the Vaikuṇṭha planets by His opulences.

CC Madhya 24.29
ei yāṅhā nāhi, tāhā bhakti — ‘ahaitukī’
yāhā haite vaśa haya śrī-kṛṣṇa kautukī

Synonyms
ei — these; yāṅhā — where; nāhi — not existing; tāhā — that; bhakti — the platform of devotional service; ahaitukī — unmotivated; yāhā haite — by which; vaśa haya — comes under control; śrī-kṛṣṇa — Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa; kautukī — the most funny.

Translation
“Causeless devotional service is unmotivated by sense enjoyment, perfection or liberation. When one is freed from all these contaminations, he can bring Lord Kṛṣṇa, who is very funny, under control.

CC Madhya 24.39

bhukti-mukti-siddhi-sukha chāḍaya yāra gandhe

alaukika śakti-guṇe kṛṣṇa-kṛpāya bāndhe

Synonyms

bhukti — material enjoyment; mukti — liberation from material suffering; siddhi — the perfection of mystic yoga; sukha — the happiness derived from these things; chāḍaya — one gives up; yāra — of which; gandhe — simply by the slight fragrance; alaukika — uncommon, transcendental; śakti-guṇe — by the power and quality; kṛṣṇa-kṛpāya — by the mercy of Lord Kṛṣṇa; bāndhe — one becomes bound.

Translation

“Pure devotional service is so sublime that one can very easily forget the happiness derived from material enjoyment, material liberation and mystic or yogic perfection. Thus the devotee is bound by Kṛṣṇa’s mercy and His uncommon power and qualities.

CC Madhya 24.40

śāstra-yukti nāhi ihāṅ siddhānta-vicāra

ei svabhāva-guṇe, yāte mādhuryera sāra

Synonyms

śāstra-yukti — logic on the basis of revealed scripture; nāhi — there is not; ihāṅ — here; siddhānta-vicāra — consideration of logical conclusions; ei — this; svabhāva-guṇe — a natural quality; yāte — in which; mādhuryera sāra — the essence of all transcendental bliss.

Translation

“When one is attracted to Kṛṣṇa on the transcendental platform, there is no longer any logical argument on the basis of revealed scripture, nor are there considerations of such conclusions. This is His transcendental quality that is the essence of all transcendental sweetness.

CC Madhya 24.318 

কৃষ্ণ-তুল্য ভাগবত — বিভু, সর্বাশ্রয় । 

প্ৰতি-শ্লোকে প্ৰতি-অক্ষরে নানা অর্থ কয় ॥ ৩১৮ ॥

 kṛṣṇa-tulya bhāgavata — vibhu, sarvāśraya 

prati-śloke prati-akṣare nānā artha kaya 

Synonyms  

kṛṣṇa-tulya bhāgavata — Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is identical with Kṛṣṇa; vibhu — the supreme; sarva-āśraya — the origin of everything, or that which controls everything; prati-śloke — in every verse; prati-akṣare — in every syllable; nānā artha kaya — there are varieties of imports.

  Translation

  “Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is as great as Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Lord and shelter of everything. In each and every verse of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and in each and every syllable, there are various meanings.

Purport by MGD

Krsna tulya means identical to Krsna.

CC Madhya 25.24

śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya haya ‘sākṣāt nārāyaṇa’

‘vyāsa-sūtrera’ artha karena ati-manorama

Synonyms

śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya — Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu; haya — is; sākṣāt nārāyaṇa — directly the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Nārāyaṇa; vyāsa-sūtrera — the aphorisms of Vyāsadeva (Vedānta-sūtra); artha karena — He explains; ati-manorama — very nicely.

Translation

He said, “Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Nārāyaṇa Himself. When He explains the Vedānta-sūtra, He does so very nicely.

CC Madhya 25.27

ācārya-kalpita artha ye paṇḍita śune

mukhe ‘haya’ ‘haya’ kare, hṛdaya nā māne

Synonyms

ācārya-kalpita — imagined by Śaṅkarācārya; artha — meaning; ye paṇḍita śune — any learned person who hears; mukhe — only in the mouth; haya haya — yes it is, yes it is; kare — does; hṛdaya — his heart; nā māne — does not accept.

Translation

“All the interpretations of Śaṅkarācārya are imaginary. Such imaginary interpretations are verbally accepted by learned scholars, but they do not appeal to the heart.

CC Madhya 25.30

bhakti vinā mukti nahe, bhāgavate kaya

kali-kāle nāmābhāse sukhe mukti haya

Synonyms

bhakti vinā — without devotional service; mukti nahe — there is no question of liberation; bhāgavate kaya — it is said in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; kali-kāle — in this Age of Kali; nāma-ābhāse — even by a slight appreciation of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra; sukhe — without difficulty; mukti haya — one can get liberation.

Translation

“In this Age of Kali, one cannot attain liberation without taking to the devotional service of the Lord. In this age, even if one chants the holy name of Kṛṣṇa imperfectly, he still attains liberation very easily.

CC Madhya 25.31 

শ্রেয়ঃসৃতিং ভক্তিমুদস্য তে বিভো 

ক্লিশ্যন্তি যে কেবলবোধলব্ধয়ে । 

তেষামসৌ ক্লেশল এব শিষ্যতে 

নান্যদ্‌যথা স্থূলতুষাবঘাতিনাম্ ॥ ৩১ ॥

 śreyaḥ-sṛtiṁ bhaktim udasya te vibho 

kliśyanti ye kevala-bodha-labdhaye 

teṣām asau kleśala eva śiṣyate 

nānyad yathā sthūla-tuṣāvaghātinām 

Synonyms 

 śreyaḥ-sṛtim — the auspicious path of liberation; bhaktim — devotional service; udasya — giving up; te — of You; vibho — O my Lord; kliśyanti — accept increased difficulties; ye — all those persons who; kevala — only; bodha-labdhaye — for obtaining knowledge; teṣām — for them; asau — that; kleśalaḥ — trouble; eva — only; śiṣyate — remains; na — not; anyat — anything else; yathā — as much as; sthūla — bulky; tuṣa — husks of rice; avaghātinām — of those beating.  

Translation  

“ ‘My dear Lord, devotional service unto You is the only auspicious path. If one gives it up simply for speculative knowledge or the understanding that these living beings are spirit souls and the material world is false, he undergoes a great deal of trouble. He only gains troublesome and inauspicious activities. His actions are like beating a husk that is already devoid of rice. His labor becomes fruitless.’  

Purport  

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.14.4).

CC Madhya 25.32 

যেঽন্যেঽরবিন্দাক্ষ বিমুক্তমানিন- 

স্ত্বয্যস্তভাবাদবিশুদ্ধবুদ্ধয়ঃ । 

আরুহ্য কৃচ্ছ্রেণ পরং পদং ততঃ 

পতন্ত্যধোঽনাদৃতযুষ্মদঙ্ঘ্রয়ঃ ॥ ৩২ ॥ 

ye ’nye ’ravindākṣa vimukta-māninas 

tvayy asta-bhāvād aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ 

āruhya kṛcchreṇa paraṁ padaṁ tataḥ 

patanty adho ’nādṛta-yuṣmad-aṅghrayaḥ 

Synonyms 

 ye — all those who; anye — others (nondevotees); aravinda-akṣa — O lotus-eyed one; vimukta-māninaḥ — who consider themselves liberated; tvayi — unto You; asta-bhāvāt — without devotion; aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ — whose intelligence is not purified; āruhya — having ascended; kṛcchreṇa — by severe austerities and penances; param padam — to the supreme position; tataḥ — from there; patanti — fall; adhaḥ — down; anādṛta — without respecting; yuṣmat — Your; aṅghrayaḥ — lotus feet. 

 Translation 

 “ ‘O lotus-eyed one, those who think they are liberated in this life but who are devoid of devotional service to You are of impure intelligence. Although they accept severe austerities and penances and rise to the spiritual position, to impersonal Brahman realization, they fall down again because they neglect to worship Your lotus feet.’  

Purport  

This is a verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.2.32).

CC Madhya 25.41 

সূত্রের পরিণাম-বাদ, তাহা না মানিয়া । 

‘বিবর্তবাদ’ স্থাপে, ‘ব্যাস ভ্রান্ত’ বলিয়া ॥

sūtrera pariṇāma-vāda, tāhā nā māniyā 

‘vivarta-vāda’ sthāpe, ‘vyāsa bhrānta’ baliyā 

Synonyms  

sūtrera — of the aphorisms of the Vedānta-sūtra; pariṇāma-vāda — the transformation of energy; tāhā nā māniyā — not accepting this fact; vivarta-vāda — the theory of illusion; sthāpe — establishes; vyāsa bhrānta baliyā — accusing Vyāsadeva of being mistaken.  

Translation 

 “Not accepting the transformation of energy, Śrīpāda Śaṅkarācārya has tried to establish the theory of illusion under the plea that Vyāsadeva has made a mistake.  

Purport  

For an explanation of this verse, one may refer to Ādi-līlā, chapter seven, verses 121-126.

CC Madhya 25.85

naiṣāṁ matis tāvad urukramāṅghriṁ

spṛśaty anarthāpagamo yad-arthaḥ

mahīyasāṁ pāda-rajo-’bhiṣekaṁ

niṣkiñcanānāṁ na vṛṇīta yāvat

Synonyms

na — not; eṣām — of those who are attached to household life; matiḥ — the interest; tāvat — that long; urukrama-aṅghrim — the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is credited with uncommon activities; spṛśati — touches; anartha — of unwanted things; apagamaḥ — vanquishing; yat — of which; arthaḥ — results; mahīyasām — of the great personalities, devotees; pāda-rajaḥ — of the dust of the lotus feet; abhiṣekam — sprinkling on the head; niṣkiñcanānām — who are completely detached from material possessions; na vṛṇīta — does not do; yāvat — as long as.

Translation

“ ‘Unless human society accepts the dust of the lotus feet of great mahātmās — devotees who have nothing to do with material possessions — mankind cannot turn its attention to the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa. Those lotus feet vanquish all the unwanted, miserable conditions of material life.’

Purport

This verse appears in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (7.5.32). For an explanation, see Madhya-līlā 22.53.

CC Madhya 25.91

prabhu kahe, — “āmi ‘jīva’, ati tuccha-jñāna!

vyāsa-sūtrera gambhīra artha, vyāsa — bhagavān

Synonyms

prabhu kahe — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied; āmi jīva — I am an insignificant living being; ati tuccha-jñāna — My knowledge is very meager; vyāsa-sūtrera — of the Vedānta-sūtra, written by Vyāsadeva; gambhīra artha — very grave meaning; vyāsa — Vyāsadeva; bhagavān — the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied, “I am an ordinary living being, and therefore My knowledge is very insignificant. However, the meaning of the Brahma-sūtra is very grave because its author, Vyāsadeva, is the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself.

CC Madhya 25.102

bhāgavatera sambandha, abhidheya, prayojana

catuḥ-ślokīte prakaṭa tāra kariyāche lakṣaṇa

Synonyms

bhāgavatera — of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; sambandha — a personal relationship with God; abhidheya — activities in that relationship; prayojana — the ultimate goal of life; catuḥ-ślokīte — in the four famous verses of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; prakaṭa — manifesting; tāra — of them; kariyāche — has done; lakṣaṇa — the symptoms.

Translation

“The essence of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam — our relationship with the Supreme Lord, our activities in that connection and the goal of life — is manifest in the four verses of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam known as the catuḥ-ślokī. Everything is explained in those verses.

CC Madhya 25.120

‘abhidheya’ sādhana-bhaktira śunaha vicāra

sarva-jana-deśa-kāla-daśāte vyāpti yāra

Synonyms

abhidheya — the means to obtain an end; sādhana-bhaktira — of the process of executing devotional service; śunaha vicāra — please hear the procedure; sarva — all; jana — people; deśa — countries; kāla — times; daśāte — and in circumstances; vyāpti yāra — which is all-pervasive.

Translation

“ ‘Now please hear from Me about the process of devotional service, which is applicable in any country, for any person, at all times and in all circumstances.

CC Madhya 25.121

‘dharmādi’ viṣaye yaiche e ‘cāri’ vicāra

sādhana-bhakti — ei cāri vicārera pāra

Synonyms

dharma-ādi — of religious activities and so on; viṣaye — in the subject matter; yaiche — just as; e cāri vicāra — there is a consideration of four principles, namely the person, country, time and atmosphere; sādhana-bhakti — of devotional service; ei — these; cāri — four; vicārera — to the considerations; pāra — transcendental.

Translation

“ ‘As far as religious principles are concerned, there is a consideration of the person, the country, the time and the circumstance. In devotional service, however, there are no such considerations. Devotional service is transcendental to all such considerations.

CC Madhya 25.122

sarva-deśa-kāla-daśāya janera kartavya

guru-pāśe sei bhakti praṣṭavya, śrotavya

Synonyms

sarva — all; deśa — countries; kāla — times; daśāya — and in circumstances; janera — of every man; kartavya — the duty; guru-pāśe — in the care of a spiritual master; sei — that; bhakti — devotional service; praṣṭavya — to be inquired; śrotavya — and to be heard.

Translation

“ ‘It is therefore the duty of every man — in every country, in every circumstance and at all times — to approach a bona fide spiritual master, question him about devotional service and listen to him explain the process.

CC Madhya 25.146

sarva-vedānta-sāraṁ hi

śrīmad-bhāgavatam iṣyate

tad-rasāmṛta-tṛptasya

nānyatra syād ratiḥ kvacit

Synonyms

sarva-vedānta-sāram — the best part of all the Vedānta; hi — certainly; śrīmad-bhāgavatam — the great literature about Bhagavān; iṣyate — is accepted; tat-rasa-amṛta — by the transcendental mellow derived from that great literature; tṛptasya — of one who is satisfied; na — never; anyatra — anywhere else; syāt — is; ratiḥ — attraction; kvacit — at any time.

Translation

“ ‘Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is accepted as the essence of all Vedic literature and Vedānta philosophy. Whoever tastes the transcendental mellow of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is never attracted to any other literature.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (12.13.15).

CC Madhya 25.264

jīva nistārite prabhu bhramilā deśe-deśe

āpane āsvādi’ bhakti karilā prakāśe

Synonyms

jīva nistārite — to deliver all the fallen souls; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; bhramilā — traveled; deśe-deśe — in various countries; āpane — personally; āsvādi’ — tasting; bhakti — devotional service; karilā — did; prakāśe — broadcasting.

Translation

To deliver all fallen souls, the Lord traveled from country to country. He personally tasted the transcendental pleasure of devotional service, and He simultaneously spread the cult of devotion everywhere.

CC Madhya 25.265 

কৃষ্ণতত্ত্ব, ভক্তিতত্ত্ব, প্রেমতত্ত্ব সার । 

ভাবতত্ত্ব, রসতত্ত্ব, লীলাতত্ত্ব আর ॥ ২৬৫ ॥ 

kṛṣṇa-tattva, bhakti-tattva, prema-tattva sāra

 bhāva-tattva, rasa-tattva, līlā-tattva āra 

Synonyms 

 kṛṣṇa-tattva — the truth of Kṛṣṇa; bhakti-tattva — the truth of devotional service; prema-tattva — the truth of ecstatic love of Godhead; sāra — the essence; bhāva-tattva — the emotional truth; rasa-tattva — the truth of transcendental mellows; līlā-tattva — the truth of the pastimes of the Lord; āra — also. 

 Translation 

 Kṛṣṇa consciousness means understanding the truth of Kṛṣṇa, the truth of devotional service, the truth of love of Godhead, the truth of emotional ecstasy, the truth of transcendental mellows and the truth of the pastimes of the Lord.

CC Antya 4.79 

bhakta-bhakti-kṛṣṇaprema-tattvera nirdhāra 

vaiṣṇavera kṛtya, āra vaiṣṇava-ācāra 

Synonyms 

 bhakta — devotee; bhakti — devotional service; kṛṣṇa-prema — love of Kṛṣṇa; tattvera — of the truth of; nirdhāra — ascertainment; vaiṣṇavera kṛtya — duties of a Vaiṣṇava; āra — and; vaiṣṇava-ācāra — characteristics of a Vaiṣṇava.  

Translation  

“You shall have to ascertain the basic principles of a devotee, devotional service, love of Godhead, Vaiṣṇava duties and Vaiṣṇava characteristics.

CC Antya 4.80 

kṛṣṇa-bhakti, kṛṣṇaprema-sevā-pravartana 

lupta-tīrtha-uddhāra, āra vairāgya-śikṣaṇa 

Synonyms 

 kṛṣṇa-bhakti — devotional service to Kṛṣṇa; kṛṣṇa-prema — love of Kṛṣṇa; sevā — service; pravartana — establishment of; lupta-tīrtha — the lost places of pilgrimage; uddhāra — excavating; āra — and; vairāgya-śikṣaṇa — instruction on the renounced order of life.  

Translation 

 “You will also have to explain Kṛṣṇa’s devotional service, establish centers for cultivation of love of Kṛṣṇa, excavate lost places of pilgrimage and teach people how to adopt the renounced order.

CC Antya 4.100

avatāra-kārya prabhura — nāma-pracāre 

sei nija-kārya prabhu karena tomāra dvāre

Synonyms

avatāra-kārya — mission of the incarnation; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nāma-pracāre — spreading the importance of the holy name of the Lord; sei — that; nija-kārya — mission of His life; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; karena — performs; tomāra dvāre — through you.

Translation

“The mission of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, for which He has descended as an incarnation, is to spread the importance of chanting the holy name of the Lord. Now instead of personally doing so, He is spreading it through you.

CC Antya 4.102

āpane ācare keha, nā kare pracāra

pracāra karena keha, nā karena ācāra

Synonyms

āpane — personally; ācare — behaves; keha — someone; nā kare pracāra — does not do preaching work; pracāra karena — does preaching work; keha — someone; nā karena ācāra — does not behave strictly according to the principles.

Translation

“Some behave very well but do not preach the cult of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, whereas others preach but do not behave properly.

CC Antya 4.103

‘ācāra’, ‘pracāra’, — nāmera karaha ‘dui’ kārya

tumi — sarva-guru, tumi jagatera ārya

Synonyms

ācāra pracāra — behaving well and preaching; nāmera — of the holy name; karaha — you do; dui — two; kārya — works; tumi — you; sarva-guru — everyone’s spiritual master; tumi — you; jagatera ārya — the most advanced devotee within this world.

Translation

“You simultaneously perform both duties in relation to the holy name by your personal behavior and by your preaching. Therefore you are the spiritual master of the entire world, for you are the most advanced devotee in the world.”

CC Antya 4.129-130 

“yadyapio tumi hao jagat-pāvana 

tomā-sparśe pavitra haya deva-muni-gaṇa 

tathāpi bhakta-svabhāva — maryādā-

 maryādā-pālana haya sādhura bhūṣaṇa 

Synonyms  

yadyapio — although; tumi — you; hao — are; jagat-pāvana — the deliverer of the entire universe; tomā — you; sparśe — by touching; pavitra — purified; haya — becomes; deva-muni-gaṇa — the demigods and great saintly persons; tathāpi — still; bhakta-svabhāva — the nature of a devotee; maryādā — etiquette; rakṣaṇa — to protect or observe; maryādā pālana — to maintain etiquette; haya — is; sādhura bhūṣaṇa — ornament of devotees.  

Translation 

 “My dear Sanātana, although you are the deliverer of the entire universe and although even the demigods and great saints are purified by touching you, it is the characteristic of a devotee to observe and protect the Vaiṣṇava etiquette. Maintenance of the Vaiṣṇava etiquette is the ornament of a devotee.

CC Antya 5.9

kṛṣṇa-kathāya ruci tomāra — baḍa bhāgyavān

yāra kṛṣṇa-kathāya ruci, sei bhāgyavān

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-kathāya — in talking of Kṛṣṇa; ruci — taste; tomāra — your; baḍa bhāgyavān — very fortunate; yāra — of whom; kṛṣṇa-kathāya — in hearing about Kṛṣṇa; ruci — taste; sei bhāgyavān — he is very fortunate.

Translation

“I see that you have acquired a taste for hearing talks regarding Kṛṣṇa. Therefore you are extremely fortunate. Not only you but anyone who has awakened such a taste is considered most fortunate.

CC Antya 5.89 

caitanya-caritāmṛta nitya kara pāna 

yāhā ‘premānanda’, ‘bhakti-tattva-jñāna’ 

Synonyms 

 caitanya-caritāmṛta — this transcendental literature known as Caitanya-caritāmṛta; nitya — daily; kara pāna — do relish; yāhā haite — by which; prema-ānanda — transcendental bliss; bhakti-tattva-jñāna — transcendental knowledge in devotional service.  

Translation 

 O devotees, relish daily the nectar of Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta and the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, for by doing so one can merge in transcendental bliss and attain full knowledge of devotional service.

CC Antya 5.82

bhakta-guṇa prakāśite prabhu bhāla jāne

nānā-bhaṅgīte guṇa prakāśi’ nija-lābha māne

Synonyms

bhakta-guṇa — the attributes of a devotee; prakāśite — to manifest; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; bhāla jāne — knows very well how; nānā-bhaṅgīte — by various ways; guṇa — attributes; prakāśi’ — manifesting; nija-lābha — His profit; māne — He considers.

Translation

The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, knows very well how to demonstrate the qualities of His devotees. Therefore, acting like an artistic painter, He does so in various ways and considers this His personal profit.

CC Antya 6.220

mahāprabhura bhakta-gaṇera vairāgya pradhāna

yāhā dekhi’ prīta hana gaura-bhagavān

Synonyms

mahāprabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; bhakta-gaṇera — of the devotees; vairāgya — renunciation; pradhāna — the basic principle; yāhā dekhi’ — seeing which; prīta hana — becomes satisfied; gaura-bhagavān — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

Renunciation is the basic principle sustaining the lives of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s devotees. Seeing this renunciation, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is extremely satisfied.

CC Antya 7.11

kali-kālera dharma — kṛṣṇa-nāma-saṅkīrtana

kṛṣṇa-śakti vinā nahe tāra pravartana

Synonyms

kali-kālera — of this age of Kali; dharma — the duty; kṛṣṇa-nāma-saṅkīrtana — chanting the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa; kṛṣṇa-śakti vinā — without being empowered by Lord Kṛṣṇa; nahe — is not; tāra — of that; pravartana — propagation.

Translation

“The fundamental religious system in the Age of Kali is the chanting of the holy name of Kṛṣṇa. Unless empowered by Kṛṣṇa, one cannot propagate the saṅkīrtana movement.

CC Antya 10.18

bhāva-grāhī mahāprabhu sneha-mātra laya

sukutā pātā kāśandite mahā-sukha pāya

Synonyms

bhāva-grāhī — one who accepts the purpose; mahāprabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; sneha — affection; mātra — only; laya — accepts; sukutā pātā — in leaves of sukutā; kāśandite — in kāśandi; mahā-sukha — much pleasure; pāya — gets.

Translation

Since Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, He extracts the purpose from everything. He accepted Damayantī’s affection for Him, and therefore He derived great pleasure even from the dried bitter leaves of sukutā and from kāśandi [a sour condiment].

CC Antya 16.25 

na me ’bhaktaś catur-vedī 

mad-bhaktaḥ śva-pacaḥ priyaḥ 

tasmai deyaṁ tato grāhyaṁ 

sa ca pūjyo yathā hy aham 

Synonyms  

na — not; me — My; abhaktaḥ — devoid of pure devotional service; catuḥ-vedī — a scholar of the four Vedas; mat-bhaktaḥ — My devotee; śva-pacaḥ — even from a family of dog-eaters; priyaḥ — very dear; tasmai — to him (the pure devotee); deyam — should be given; tataḥ — from him; grāhyam — should be accepted (remnants of food); saḥ — that person; ca — also; pūjyaḥ — is worshipable; yathā — as much as; hi — certainly; aham — I.  

Translation  

“ ‘Even though one is a very learned scholar in Sanskrit literature, if he is not engaged in pure devotional service, he is not accepted as My devotee. But if someone born in a family of dog-eaters is a pure devotee with no motives for enjoyment through fruitive activity or mental speculation, he is very dear to Me. All respect should be given to him, and whatever he offers should be accepted, for such devotees are indeed as worshipable as I am.’  

Purport  

This verse, spoken by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is found in the Hari-bhakti-vilāsa.

CC Antya 19.91

kuranga-mada-jid-vapuh-parimalormi-krstanganah

svakanga-nalinastake sasi-yutabja-gandha-prathah

madenduvara-candanaguru-sugandhi-carcarcitah

sa me madana-mohanah sakhi tanoti nasa-sprham

SYNONYMS

kuranga-mada-jit — conquering the aromatic smell of musk; vapuh — of His transcendental body; parimala-urmi — with waves of scent; krsta-anganah — attracting the gopis of Vrndavana; svaka-anga-nalina-astake — on all eight lotuslike parts of the body (face, navel, eyes, palms and feet); sasi-yuta-abja-gandha-prathah — who distributes the scent of the lotus mixed with camphor; mada-induvara-candana-aguru-sugandhi-carca-arcitah — smeared with the unguents of musk, camphor, white sandalwood and aguru; sah — He; me — My; madana-mohanah — Lord Krsna, who enchants even Cupid; sakhi — O My dear friends; tanoti — increases; nasa-sprham -- the desire of My nostrils.

TRANSLATION

"'The scent of Krsna's transcendental body surpasses the aroma of musk and attracts the minds of all women. The eight lotuslike parts of His body distribute the fragrance of lotuses mixed with that of camphor. His body is anointed with aromatic substances like musk, camphor, sandalwood and aguru. O My dear friend, that Personality of Godhead, also known as the enchanter of Cupid, always increases the desire of My nostrils.'

PURPORT

This verse is found in the Govinda-lilamrta (8.6).

CC Antya 19.94

netra-nābhi, vadana, kara-yuga caraṇa,

ei aṣṭa-padma kṛṣṇa-aṅge

karpūra-lipta kamala, tāra yaiche parimala,

sei gandha aṣṭa-padma-saṅge

Synonyms

netra — the eyes; nābhi — the navel; vadana — the face; kara-yuga — the palms; caraṇa — the feet; ei — these; aṣṭa — eight; padma — lotus flowers; kṛṣṇa-aṅge — in the body of Kṛṣṇa; karpūra — with camphor; lipta — smeared; kamala — the lotus flower; tāra — of that; yaiche — like; parimala — the fragrance; sei gandha — that fragrance; aṣṭa-padma-saṅge — is associated with the eight lotus flowers.

Translation

“Kṛṣṇa’s eyes, navel and face, hands and feet are like eight lotus flowers on His body. From those eight lotuses emanates a fragrance like a mixture of camphor and lotus. That is the scent associated with His body.

CC Antya 19.95

hema-kīlita candana, tāhā kari’ gharṣaṇa,

tāhe aguru, kuṅkuma, kastūrī

karpūra-sane carcā aṅge, pūrva aṅgera gandha saṅge,

mili’ tāre yena kaila curi

Synonyms

hema — with gold; kīlita — bedecked; candana — white sandalwood; tāhā — that; kari’ — doing; gharṣaṇa — rubbing; tāhe — in that; aguru — the aguru fragrance; kuṅkuma — kuṅkuma; kastūrī — and musk; karpūra — camphor; sane — with; carcā — smearing; aṅge — on the body; pūrva — previous; aṅgera — of the body; gandha — scent; saṅge — with; mili’ — combining; tāre — that; yena — as if; kaila — did; curi — stealing or covering.

Translation

“When sandalwood pulp is mixed with aguru, kuṅkuma, musk and camphor and spread on Kṛṣṇa’s body, it combines with Kṛṣṇa’s own original bodily perfume and seems to cover it.

Purport

In another version, the last line of this verse reads kāmadevera mana kaila curi. This means “the scent of all these substances mixes with the previous scent of Kṛṣṇa’s body and steals away the mind of Cupid.”

CC Antya 20.12

ceto-darpaṇa-mārjanaṁ bhava-mahā-dāvāgni-nirvāpaṇaṁ

śreyaḥ-kairava-candrikā-vitaraṇaṁ vidyā-vadhū-jīvanam

ānandāmbudhi-vardhanaṁ prati-padaṁ pūrṇāmṛtāsvādanaṁ

sarvātma-snapanaṁ paraṁ vijayate śrī-kṛṣṇa-saṅkīrtanam

SYNONYMS

cetaḥ—of the heart; darpaṇa—the mirror; mārjanam—cleansing; bhava—of material existence; mahā-dāvāgni—the blazing forest fire; nirvāpaṇam—extinguishing; śreyaḥ—of good fortune; kairava—the white lotus; candrikā—the moonshine; vitaraṇam—spreading; vidyā—of all education; vadhū—wife; jīvanam—the life; ānanda—of bliss; ambudhi—the ocean; vardhanam—increasing; prati-padam—at every step; pūrṇa-amṛta—of the full nectar; āsvādanam—giving a taste; sarva—for everyone; ātma-snapanam—bathing of the self; param—transcendental; vijayate—let there be victory; śrī-kṛṣṇa-saṅkīrtanam—for the congregational chanting of the holy name of Kṛṣṇa.

TRANSLATION

“‘Let there be all victory for the chanting of the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa, which can cleanse the mirror of the heart and stop the miseries of the blazing fire of material existence. That chanting is the waxing moon that spreads the white lotus of good fortune for all living entities. It is the life and soul of all education. The chanting of the holy name of Kṛṣṇa expands the blissful ocean of transcendental life. It gives a cooling effect to everyone and enables one to taste full nectar at every step.’

PURPORT

This is the first verse of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s Śikṣāṣṭaka. The other seven verses are found in texts 16, 21, 29, 32, 36, 39 and 47.

CC Antya 20.29

na dhanaṁ na janaṁ na sundarīṁ

kavitāṁ vā jagad-īśa kāmaye

mama janmani janmanīśvare

bhavatād bhaktir ahaitukī tvayi

Synonyms

na — not; dhanam — riches; na — not; janam — followers; na — not; sundarīm — a very beautiful woman; kavitām — fruitive activities described in flowery language; vā — or; jagat-īśa — O Lord of the universe; kāmaye — I desire; mama — My; janmani — in birth; janmani — after birth; īśvare — unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhavatāt — let there be; bhaktiḥ — devotional service; ahaitukī — with no motives; tvayi — unto You.

Translation

“ ‘O Lord of the universe, I do not desire material wealth, materialistic followers, a beautiful wife or fruitive activities described in flowery language. All I want, life after life, is unmotivated devotional service to You.’

CC Antya 20.87

caitanya-maṅgale ihā likhiyāche sthāne-sthāne

satya kahena, — ‘āge vyāsa kariba varṇane’

Synonyms

caitanya-maṅgale — in the book named Caitanya-maṅgala, now known as Caitanya-bhāgavata; ihā — this statement; likhiyāche — has written; sthāne-sthāne — in many places; satya — the truth; kahena — he says; āge — in the future; vyāsa kariba varṇane — Vyāsadeva will describe them more elaborately.

Translation

In the Caitanya-maṅgala, Śrīla Vṛndāvana dāsa Ṭhākura has stated in many places the factual truth that in the future Vyāsadeva will describe the Lord’s pastimes elaborately.

Śrī brahma-saṁhitā 5.29

cintāmaṇi-prakara-sadmasu kalpa-vṛkṣa-

lakṣāvṛteṣu surabhīr abhipālayantam

lakṣmī-sahasra-śata-sambhrama-sevyamānaṁ

govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

Synonyms

cintāmaṇi — touchstone; prakara — groups made of; sadmasu — in abodes; kalpa-vṛkṣa — of desire trees; lakṣa — by millions; āvṛteṣu — surrounded; surabhīḥ — surabhi cows; abhipālayantam — tending; lakṣmī — of goddesses of fortune; sahasra — of thousands; śata — by hundreds; sambhrama — with great respect; sevyamānam — being served; govindam — Govinda; ādi-puruṣam — the original person; tam — Him; aham — I; bhajāmi — worship.

Translation

I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, the first progenitor who is tending the cows, yielding all desire, in abodes built with spiritual gems, surrounded by millions of purpose trees, always served with great reverence and affection by hundreds of thousands of lakṣmīs or gopīs.

Śrī brahma-saṁhitā 5.30

veṇuṁ kvaṇantam aravinda-dalāyatākṣam-

barhāvataṁsam asitāmbuda-sundarāṅgam

kandarpa-koṭi-kamanīya-viśeṣa-śobhaṁ

govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

Synonyms

veṇum — the flute; kvaṇantam — playing; aravinda-dala — (like) lotus petals; āyata — blooming; akṣam — whose eyes; barha — a peacock's feather; avataṁsam — whose ornament on the head; asita-ambuda — (tinged with the hue of) blue clouds; sundara — beautiful; aṅgam — whose figure; kandarpa — of Cupids; koṭi — millions; kamanīya — charming; viśeṣa — unique; śobham — whose loveliness; govindam — Govinda; ādi-puruṣam — the original person; tam — Him; aham — I; bhajāmi — worship.

Translation

I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is adept in playing on His flute, with blooming eyes like lotus petals with head decked with peacock's feather, with the figure of beauty tinged with the hue of blue clouds, and His unique loveliness charming millions of Cupids.

Śrī brahma-saṁhitā 5.32

aṅgāni yasya sakalendriya-vṛtti-manti

paśyanti pānti kalayanti ciraṁ jaganti

ānanda-cinmaya-sad-ujjvala-vigrahasya

govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

Synonyms

aṅgāni — the limbs; yasya — of whom; sakala-indriya — of all the organs; vṛtti-manti — possessing the functions; paśyanti — see; pānti — maintain; kalayanti — manifest; ciram — eternally; jaganti — the universes; ānanda — bliss; cit — truth; maya — full of; sat — substantiality; ujjvala — full of dazzling splendor; vigrahasya — whose form; govindam — Govinda; ādi-puruṣam — the original person; tam — Him; aham — I; bhajāmi — worship.

Translation

I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, whose transcendental form is full of bliss, truth, substantiality and is thus full of the most dazzling splendor. Each of the limbs of that transcendental figure possesses in Himself, the full-fledged functions of all the organs, and eternally sees, maintains and manifests the infinite universes, both spiritual and mundane.

Śrī brahma-saṁhitā 5.33 

advaitam acyutam anādim ananta-rūpam

 ādyaṁ purāṇa-puruṣaṁ nava-yauvanaṁ ca 

vedeṣu durlabham adurlabham ātma-bhaktau

 govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi 

Synonyms  

advaitam — without a second; acyutam — without decay; anādim — without a beginning; ananta-rūpam — whose form is endless, or who possesses unlimited forms; ādyam — the beginning; purāṇa-puruṣam — the most ancient person; nava-yauvanam — a blooming youth; ca — also; vedeṣu — through the Vedas; durlabham — inaccessible; adurlabham — not difficult to obtain; ātma-bhaktau — through pure devotion of the soul; govindam — Govinda; ādi-puruṣam — the original person; tam — Him; aham — I; bhajāmi — worship.  

Translation 

 I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is inaccessible to the Vedas, but obtainable by pure unalloyed devotion of the soul, who is without a second, who is not subject to decay, is without a beginning, whose form is endless, who is the beginning, and the eternal puruṣa; yet He is a person possessing the beauty of blooming youth.

Translation

“I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is nondual and infallible. He is the original cause of all causes, even though He expands in many, many forms. Although He is the oldest personality, He is ever youthful, unaffected by old age. The Supreme Personality of Godhead cannot be known by the academic wisdom of the Vedas; one has to approach the devotee of the Lord to understand Him.” (From Srimad Bhagavatam 3.9.3 purport)

Śrī brahma-saṁhitā 5.38

premāñjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena

santaḥ sadaiva hṛdayeṣu vilokayanti

yaṁ śyāmasundaram acintya-guṇa-svarūpaṁ

govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

Synonyms

prema — of love; añjana — with the salve; churita — tinged; bhakti — of devotion; vilocanena — with the eye; santaḥ — the pure devotees; sadā — always; eva — indeed; hṛdayeṣu — in their hearts; vilokayanti — see; yam — whom; śyāma — dark blue; sundaram — beautiful; acintya — inconceivable; guṇa — with attributes; svarūpam — whose nature is endowed; govindam — Govinda; ādi-puruṣam — the original person; tam — Him; aham — I; bhajāmi — worship.

Translation

I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, who is Śyāmasundara, Kṛṣṇa Himself with inconceivable innumerable attributes, whom the pure devotees see in their heart of hearts with the eye of devotion tinged with the salve of love.

Śrī brahma-saṁhitā 5.42 

ānanda-cinmaya-rasātmatayā manaḥsu yaḥ

 prāṇināṁ pratiphalan smaratām upetya 

līlāyitena bhuvanāni jayaty ajasram- 

govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi 

Synonyms 

 ānanda — blissful; cit-maya — cognitive; rasa — of rasa; ātmatayā — due to being the entity; manaḥsu — in the minds; yaḥ — He who; prāṇinām — of living entities; pratiphalan — being reflected; smaratām upetya— recollecting; līlāyitena — by pastimes; bhuvanāni — the mundane world; jayati — triumphantly dominates; ajasram — ever; govindam — Govinda; ādi-puruṣam — the original person; tam — Him; aham — I; bhajāmi — worship.  

Translation  

I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord, whose glory ever triumphantly dominates the mundane world by the activity of His own pastimes, being reflected in the mind of recollecting souls as the transcendental entity of ever-blissful cognitive rasa.

Please click for more info on Srimad Bhagavatam

“Non nobis, Domine, non nobis; sed nomine tuo da gloriam”, is the well-known Latin translation of Psalm 115:1: “Not unto us, O Lord, not unto us; but to your name be the glory.”

See also HH Jayadvataita Swami's class

Not sure if the following verses are completely correct, ie sanskrit, and references

Adi Purana

gayanti mama namani rudanti mama samvido

tesam aham parikrta nanya-krta janardana

Those who sing My names and who cry in front of Me, I am purchased by them, for Janardan is not purchased by anything else.

>>> Ref. VedaBase => MMV 17: Krishna Never Leaves Vrindavan

In Vishnu Dharma Purana quoted again in Hari Bhaktivilas (447-448) the Lord specifically talks about the result of chanting and hearing His Names is that He is purchased.

Text 447

gatva ca mama namani rudanti mama sannidhau

tesham aham parikrito nanya-krito janardanah

He purchases Me who calls out My name. There is no other price to purchase Me.

From: soulfuljapa.org

My version:

gayanti mama namani rudanti mama sannidhau

tesam aham parikrta nanya-krta janardana

Those who sing My names and who cry in front of Me, I am purchased by them, for Janardan is not purchased by anything else.

Hari-bhakti-vilāsa

yathā kāñcanatāṁ yāti

 kāṁsyaṁ rasa-vidhānataḥ

tathā dīkṣā-vidhānena 

dvijatvaṁ jāyate nṛṇām

“By chemical manipulation, bell metal is turned into gold when touched by mercury; similarly, when a person is properly initiated, he can acquire the qualities of a brāhmaṇa.”

Nṛsiṁha Purāṇa

 patreṣu puṣpeṣu phaleṣu toyeṣv 

akrīta-labhyeṣu vadaiva satsu

 bhaktyā su-labhye puruṣe purāṇe

 muktyai kim arthaṁ kriyate prayatnaḥ 

“Since the primeval Personality of Godhead is easily attained by offering Him such things as leaves, flowers, fruits and water, which are all found without difficulty, why does one need to endeavor for liberation separately?”

Quoted from the purport of SB10.14.1 See also: CC Madhya 25.31

Garuda Purana

 Purva-khanda 231.3

bhaj ity eṣa vai dhatuḥ

 sevayaṁ parikirtitaḥ

tasmat seva budhaiḥ prokta 

bhaktiḥ sadhana-bhuyasi

“Bhaj as a root is used to convey ‘service.’ Therefore, the wise explain that engaging in the Lord’s service is the way of bhakti.”

Caitanya Bhagavata Adi-khanda 11.108

murkho vadati visnaya 

dhiro vadati visnave

ubhayos tu samam punyam

 bhava-grahi janardanah

Translation

"At the time of offering obeisances to Lord Visnu, a foolish person chants visnaya namah (this is improper due to faulty grammar) and a learned person chants visnave namah (this is the correct form). But both achieve equal piety by their offering of obeisances, because Lord Sri Janardana sees the sentiment of the living being, in other words, He sees the degree of devotion, or in other words, He awards the result accordingly (He does not see one's foolishness or intelligence).

Caitanya Bhagavata Antya-khanda 4.126

prthivite ache yata nagaradi-grama

sarvatra pracara haibe mora nama

Synomyms

prthivite — on the earth; ache — are; yata — as many; nagara-adi grama — cities and villages; sarvatra — everywhere; pracara haibe — will be preached; mora — My; nama — Holy Name.

Translation

In as many towns and villages as there are on the surface of the earth, My holy name will be preached.

Caitanya-manjusa

(a commentary on Srimad Bhagavatam)

aradhyo bhagavan vrajesa-tanayas tad-dhama vrndavanam

ramya kacid upasana vraja-vadhu-vargena ya kalpita

srimad-bhagavatam pramanam amalam prema pum-artho mahan

sri-caitanya-mahaprabhor matam idam tatradarah nah parah

Synomyms

aradhyo — worshipable; bhagavan — the Supreme Lord; vraja isa tanayah — the son of Nanda Maharaja; tad-dhama — His abode; vrndavanam — Vrndavana; ramya — pleasing; kacit — which; upasana — the process of worship; vraja-vadhu — the gopis of Vrndavana; vargena — by the group; va — or; kalpita — performed; srimad bhagavatam — Srimad Bhagavatam; pramanam — the standard authority; amalam — spotless; prema — pure love for Krsna; pum-artho — goal of life for man; mahan -- the ultimate; sri-caitanya mahaprabhoh — Lord Sri Krsna Caitanya Mahaprabhu; matam — opinion; idam — this; tatra — that; adarah— regard; nah — of us; parah — the highest.

Translation

The Supreme Personality of Godhead, the son of Nanda Maharaja, is to be worshiped along with His transcendental abode, Vrndavana. The most pleasing form of worship for the Lord is that which was performed by the gopis of Vrndavana. Srimad-Bhagavatam is the spotless authority on everything, and pure love of God is the ultimate goal of life for all men. These statements, for which we have the highest regard, are the opinion of Sri Caitanya Mahaprabhu.

Arunodaya-kirtana II

Jiv Jago (from Gitavali)

Text One

jiv jago, jiv jago, gauracanda bole

kota nidra jao maya-pisacira kole

Synomyms

jiv jago — wake up, sleeping souls!; jiv jago — wake up, sleeping souls!; gauracanda bole — Lord Gauranga calls; kota nidra yao — how long are you sleeping?; maya-pisacira — of the witch Maya; kole — in the lap.

Translation

Lord Gauranga is calling, "Wake up, sleeping souls! Wake up, sleeping souls! You have slept so long on the lap of the witch Maya!

Songs of Srila Bhaktivinoda Thakura >>> Ref. VedaBase => SVA 2: Arunodaya-kirtana II (Jiv Jago)

Sri Caitanya Candramrta 49

kalah kalir balina indriya-vairi-vargah 

sri bhakti-marga iha kantaka-koti-ruddhah 

ha ha kva yami vikalah kim aham karomi 

caitanyacandra yadi nadya krpam karosi

Translation

Now it is the age of Kali. My enemies, the senses, have become very strong. The splendid path of pure devotional service is blocked by millions of brambles (like karma, jnana, and sense enjoyment). I am weak and agitated. Alas! Alas! Where can I go? O Lord Caitanyacandra, if now You will not give me Your mercy, what can I do?

Aitareya Upaniṣad 1.1.1 

sa aikṣata 

Synonyms

saḥ—He (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); aikṣata—glanced. 

Translation

He (the Supreme Personality of Godhead) glanced over the material creation.

Aitareya Upaniṣad 1.1.2

sa imāl lokān asṛjata

Synonyms

saḥ—He (the Supreme Personality of Godhead); imān—all these; lokān—worlds; asṛjata—created.

Translation

He (the Supreme Personality of Godhead) created this entire material world.

[25. Song, Prayer, and Verse Books / Śrīla Prabhupāda Ślokas / Selected Verses From The Upaniṣads / Aitareya Upaniṣad 1.1.2]

Aitareya Upaniṣad 3.11

sa aikṣata tat-tejo ’sṛjata

Translation

“‘He (Śrī Viṣṇu) saw, and His power sent forth the creation.’

(Caitanya-candrāmṛta 5)

kaivalyaṁ narakāyate tridaśa-pūr ākāśa-puṣpāyate

 durdāntendriya-kāla-sarpa-paṭalī protkhāta-daṁṣṭrāyate 

viśvaṁ pūrṇa-sukhāyate vidhi-mahendrādiś ca kīṭāyate

 yat-kāruṇya-katākṣa-vaibhavavatāṁ taṁ gauram eva stumaḥ 

For one who becomes a pure devotee through devotional service to great personalities like Caitanya Mahāprabhu, kaivalya, or merging into Brahman, appears no better than hell. As far as the heavenly planets are concerned, to a devotee they are like a phantasmagoria or will-o’-the-wisp, and as far as yogic perfection is concerned, a devotee does not care a fig for such perfection, since the purpose of yogic perfection is achieved automatically by the devotee. This is all possible when one becomes a devotee of the Lord through the medium of Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s instructions.

From: SB 9.5.25 purport